You are on page 1of 140

UNIT 7: TRAFFIC (GIAO THÔNG)

A. VOCABULARY
1. cycle (v) /saɪkl/: đạp xe
2. traffic jam (n) /'træfɪk dʒæm/: sự kẹt xe
3. park (v) /pɑ:k/: đỗ xe
4. pavement (n) /'peɪvmənt/: vỉa hè (cho người đi bộ)
5. railway station (n) /'reɪlwei ,steɪ∫n/: nhà ga xe lửa
6. safely (adv) /'seɪflɪ/: an toàn
7. safety (n) /'seɪftɪ/: sự an toàn
8. seatbelt (n) /'si:t'belt/: dây an toàn
9. traffic rule (n) /'træfIk ru:l/: luật giao thông
10. train (n) /treɪn/: tàu hỏa
11. roof (n) /ru:f/: nóc xe, mái nhà
12. illegal (adj) /ɪ'li:gl/: bất hợp pháp
13. reverse (n) /rɪˈvɜːs/: quay đầu xe
14. boat (n) /bəʊt/: con thuyền
15. fly (v) /flaɪ/: lái máy bay, đi trên máy bay
16. helicopter (n) /'helɪkɒptər/: máy bay trực thăng
17. triangle (n) /'traɪæŋɡl/: hình tam giác
18. vehicle (n) /'viɪkəl/: xe cộ, phương tiện giao thông
19. plane (n) /pleɪn/: máy bay
20. prohibitive (adj) /prə'hɪbɪtɪv/: cấm (không được làm)
21. road sign /rəʊd saɪn/: biển báo giao thông
22. ship (n) /ʃɪp/: tàu thủy
23. tricycle (n) /trɑɪsɪkəl/: xe đạp ba bánh

B. GRAMMAR
I. HỎI VÀ TRẢ LỜI VỀ KHOẢNG CÁCH ( ASK & ANSWER ABOUT DISTANCE)
Cách dùng “How far” là câu hỏi thường được dùng để hỏi về khoảng cách, quãng đường giữa 2 địa
điểm.
Ta đặt “It” làm chủ ngữ trong câu để nói về khoảng cách.
Cấu trúc How far is it from A to B?
It is (about) + khoảng cách
Ví dụ How far is it from your house to Tan Son Nhat airport?
(Khoảng cách từ nhà bạn tới sân bay Tân Sơn Nhất bao xa?)
It’s about 200 km (Khoảng 200 km)
Lưu ý Trong câu trả lời về khoảng cách ta thường dùng “about” (khoảng chừng) khi không biết
chính xác về khoảng cách đó.

 BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN:


Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. How far is it from your apartment (from/to) the city centre?
2. It is (at/ about) 1 kilometre.
3. It is not very (near/far) from my house to the post office. It is just 500 metres.
4. How far (is it/ it is) from your country to Japan?
5. How (far/ much) is it from your location to the train station?
6. My house is 2 kilometers (near/ far) from my grandparents’ bungalow.
7. How far (is it/ are they) from here to the local museum?
8. I think it is about 200 ( metres/ metre) from here to the nearest bus stop.
9. My school is not far (from/to) my house. I can walk to school every day.
10. How far is it (from/ at) your office to the supermarket?
Bài 2: Điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.

1
1. How_______ is it from your house to the city centre?
2. How far is it from this restaurant to the nearest __________? It is about 1 kilometer from this restaurant to
the nearest bank?
3. How far__________it from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City?
4. It is about 5 kilometres from my house__________yours.
5. How far is_________from your company to your apartment?
6. It is __________3 kilometres.
7. How far is it from my school to yours? __________is about 8 kilometres
8. How far is it __________where you live to your company?

Bài 3: Dựa vào những câu trả lời cho trước, hãy viết câu hỏi về khoảng cách.
1. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 300 metres from here to the nearest post office.
2. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 3,900 kilometers from New York to California.
3. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 200 metres from my house to my family store.
4. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 4576.89 miles from Beijing to Berlin.
5. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 1 kilometer from my hotel to the beach.
6. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 500 metres from here to the place where I live.
7. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 200 kilometers from his hometown to the place where he lives now.
8. ______________________________________________________________?
It is just 200 metres from the park to the parking lot.
9. ______________________________________________________________?
It is approximately 4 kilometers from here to the airport.
10. ______________________________________________________________?
It is about 60 kilometers from my parent’s house to mine
Bài 4: Đánh dấu (√ ) trước những câu trả lời đúng. Đánh dấu (X) trước những câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại
cho đúng.
________ 1. How far is from your house to the nearest restaurant?
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 2. It is at 2 kilometers from my house to La Villa French restaurant.
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 3. How far is it from your university and my university?
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 4. It is not far from my university to yours
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 5. How far is it from here to our destination?
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 6. How far it is from our school to the camp site?
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 7. Its not far from our school to the camp site.
_ __________________________________________________________
________ 8. How far is it at the train station to the nearest drugstore?
_ __________________________________________________________

Bài 5: Dựa vào gợi ý cho sẵn trong ngoặc, trả lời các câu hỏi về khoảng cách sau đây:
1. How far is it from your house to the gym? (300 metres)

2
__________________________________________________________
2. How far is it from where you live to where you work? (2 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________
3. How far is it from Hanoi to Hoi An? (about 800 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________
4. How far is it from from Earth to Mars? (about 34 miles)
__________________________________________________________
5. How far is it from Earth to the nearest star? (4.2 light-years)
__________________________________________________________
6. How far is it from North Pole to Equator? (about 100000 kilometres)
__________________________________________________________

II. THÓI QUEN TRONG QUÁ KHỨ VỚI “ USED TO”


Cách dùng “used to” được dùng để miêu tả những thói quen, hành động hoặc trạng thái đã xảy ra
thường xuyên trong quá khứ và đã kết thúc, không còn ở hiện tại.
Cấu trúc (+) S+ used to + V
(-) S+ didn’t use to + V
(+) Did + S+ use to + V?
Ví dụ I used to listen to the radio. (Ngày trước tôi thường nghe đài)
They used to go swimming together. (Ngày trước họ thường đi bơi cùng nhau)
He didn’t use to play marbles. (Ngày trước anh ấy không chơi bi)
Did you use to ride a buffalo? (Ngày trước bạn có đi cưỡi trâu không)

 BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN:


Bài 6: Viết các câu sau về thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?).
1. (+) Susan used to live in Paris.
(-)__________________________________________________________
(?)__________________________________________________________?
2. (+)__________________________________________________________
(-) They didn’t use to commute from New York to London
(?)__________________________________________________________
3. (+)__________________________________________________________
(-)__________________________________________________________
(?) Did your mother use to teach at the local school?
4. (+)__________________________________________________________
(-) He didn’t use to cry a lot
(?)__________________________________________________________?
5. (+) Jane used to work for a non-profit organisation.
(-)__________________________________________________________
(?)__________________________________________________________?
6. (+)__________________________________________________________
(-)__________________________________________________________
(?) Did Jim use to own an old car?
7. (+)__________________________________________________________
(-) This house didn’t use to belong to my family.
(?)__________________________________________________________?
8. (+) My brother used to go swimming when he was young.
(-)__________________________________________________________
(?)__________________________________________________________?

Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.


1. I (used to/ use to) collect stamps when I was nine years old.
2. My father (used to/ use to) be an excellent student at university.
3. I didn’t (used to/ use to) eat with chopsticks when I lived in America.

3
4. Did they (used to/ use to) work in a big factory before their retirement?
5. Peter (used to/ use to) drive to work but now he doesn’t.
6. My younger brother didn’t use (walk/ to walk) to school
7. My classmates didn’t (used to/ use to) like me.
8. There (used to/ use to) be a lot of trees along this street.
9. Horse and cart used to (be/is) the main way of transportation.
10. Coffee didn’t (used to/ use to) be my favorite drink.
11. Did Sarah (used to/ use to) be Mr Vu’s student?
12. My grandmother (used to travel/ use to travel) a lot before she got married.
13. Mr Ha(used to/ use to) work in Japan for 3 years.
14. I didn’t (like used to/ use to like) reading books.
15. Did Jim and Jane (used to/ use to) hate each other?

Bài 8: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau:
Travelling (1. not be)__________as quick and convenient as we see today. In the ancient world, people (2.
travel)__________long distances just on foot. It (3. take)__________a lot of time for people to travel from
place to place. As time when by, they knew to domesticate animals and use them for transportation. People (4.
ride)__________horses, donkeys and camels instead of walking. Horse and cart (5. be)__________ one of the
main means of transportation and the cart (6. be)__________common worldwide before the Industrial
Revolution. During the Industrial Revolution, many inventions were introduced. Modern rail transport systems
(7. make)__________use of steam engine. The systems (8. be)__________the first practical form of mechanize
land transport.
In the past, roads (9. be)__________ narrow and there (10. be)__________vey few cars in the streets.
People (11.not find)__________it easy to travel long distance because it (12.take)__________much time and
money for transportation. However, today travelling is so easy and cheap thanks to the advancement of
technology.
Bài 9: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu. Sử dụng thể khẳng
định, phủ định và nghi vấn sao cho hợp lý.
1. I (go)______________to work by bus but now I drive my car to work.
2. Joe and I (like)______________each other but now we are friends.
3. Sue (fancy)______________rock music but now she is a fan of it.
4. My uncle (work)______________as a police officer before he retired.
5. ______________(you/ catch)fireflies when you were a child?
6. I (play)______________tennis with my friends but now I am too busy to continue.
7. My father (smoke)______________ a lot but he gave up three years ago.
8. My brother (do)______________the washing but now he wants to help my mon do it
9. Jane (break)______________ the speed limit and a police officer stopped her.
10. The Smiths (live)______________in the country but now they live and work in the city.
11. This doctor (be)______________famous but now everyone knows him.
12. My hometown (have)______________ an amusement park but the authorities have opened one.
13. My student (be)______________ very bad at Math but now he improves a lot.
14. Jim’s brother (like)______________ reading comic but he stopped reading it 1 year ago.
15. His parents (live)______________in a small house but now they live in a big one.
 BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO:
Bài 10: Viết câu hỏi về khoảng cách sao cho hợp lý để hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại sau:
Jim: Hello, Jane. Long time no see
Jane: Oh, hello Jim. How’s it going?
Jim: Great! I’m planning my summer vacation. I think I will do part-time job in my uncle’s restaurant. But it’s
really far from my house.
Jane: (1)__________________________________________________?
Jim: About 4 kilometres. Another plan is working in the local library. I remember it is near our school.
(2)__________________________________________________?
Jane: It’s about 200 metres from our school to the local library.
Jim: Great! How about you, Jane? Have you planned anything in the summer?

4
Jane: I am going to visit my grandmother. She lives in Da Nang. This city is far from our city.
Jim: (3)__________________________________________________?
Jane: I’m not so sure. After the visit, I will come back and find a part-time job.
Jim: How about joining with me in the library?
Jane: It’s too far from my apartment. I can’t walk or ride my bike to work.
Jim: (4)__________________________________________________?
Jane: About 6 kilometers from the library to my apartment.
Jim: Why don’t you take the bus? There is a bus stop near the local library?
Jane: (5)__________________________________________________?
Jim: Just about 100 metres.
Jane: Sound good. I will consider it
Bài 11: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh:
1. How far /it/ your company/ where you live? It/ about/ 10/ kilometre.
______________________________________________________________
2. How far/ it/ Jane’s apartment/ her school?
______________________________________________________________
3. My father and I/ not/ use to/ spend/ time/ with/ each other.
______________________________________________________________
4. This man/ use to/ be/ famous/ actor?
______________________________________________________________
5. There/ not/ use to/ be/ many vehicles/ in the streets/ when/ I/ be/ young.
______________________________________________________________
6. My family/ use to/ go sailing/ every/ weekend/ but/ now/ we/ not.
______________________________________________________________
7. Her mother/ use to/ kiss/ hug/ her/ when/ she/ be/ kid.
______________________________________________________________
8. Mrs Smith/ not/ use to/ do/ morning exercises/ but/ now/ she/ do/ regularly.
______________________________________________________________
Bài 12: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với những động từ cho sẵn để hoàn thành những câu sau.
drive work serve believe
spend deliver be go
1. People ________________goods in ox carts.
2. There ________________ very few cars in the streets.
3. When I was a kid, I ________________ sailing with my brother.
4. When Mr Smith was young, he ________________ a car without a driving license.
5. Jim ________________ his weekend doing part-time job
6. People ________________ that the Earth was flat.
7. This old man________________as a librarian in the local library.
8. My grandfather________________ as a captain in the army.
Bài 13: Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc “used to”.
1. My mother worked at a restaurant 3 years ago but now she doesn’t.
______________________________________________________________
2. He was the president of Student Union but now he isn’t.
______________________________________________________________
3. There were many tree-lined streets in my hometown but now there is none of them.
______________________________________________________________
4. My husband didn’t do housework but now he does.
______________________________________________________________
5. Children didn’t play with high-tech devices at an early age but now they do.
______________________________________________________________
6. The students didn’t go to school by public transportation but now they do.
______________________________________________________________
7. My city was a tourist destination but now it isn’t.
______________________________________________________________
5
8. Traffic jam didn’t happen when I was small but it happens now.
______________________________________________________________

C.EXERCISES

TEST 1 UNIT 7
I. Find the word which has different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. rest B. help C. garden D. identify
2. A. traffic B. pavement C. plane D. station
3. A. sign B. mistake C. triangle D. drive
4. A. nearest B. head C. bread D. health
5. A. railway B. mail C. sail D. captain
II. Choose the correct answer by circling A, B, C or D.
1. Linda used to morning exercise when she got up early.
A. did B. does C. doing D. do
2. My mum the bus to work every day, but I cycle.
A. catches B. drives C. goes D. runs
3. You should look right and left when you go the road.
A. down B. across C. up D. along
4. Bus is the main public in Viet Nam.
A.travel B. tricycle C. transport D. vehicle
5. The play was so boring. , An saw it from beginning to end.
A. Therefore B. Despite C. However D. Although
6. She’s sure that they will find the film .
A. entertaining B. entertain C. entertainment D. entertained
7. - “Do you like seeing a film?” - “ ”
A. No, I don’t like it at all B. Sure. What film shall we see?
C. Who is in it? D. I’m sorry, I can’t.
8. being frightened by the images, Lan still liked the film so much.
A. In spite B. Despite C. Although D. Nevertheless
9. is La Tomatina celebrated? - Every August.
A. Where B. Why C. When D. Which
10. My father liked the of that singer.
A. perform B. performer C. performance D. performing
11. Does your bike ever down on the way to school?
A. break B. take C. do D. turn
12. I go on foot when I was in primary school.
A. used to B. break C. can D. may
13. Give a before you turn left or right.
A. sign B. turn C. sound D. signal
14. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to the Carnival.
A. attend B. join C. perform D. appear
15. the film was gripping, Tom slept from beginning to end.
A. Therefore B. Despite C. However D. Although
III. Choose the correct option for each gap in the sentences.
1. Drivers have to their seatbelt whenever they drive.
A. put B. tie C. fasten D. put on
2. We should wait for the traffic lights before we cross the street.
A. turn green B. to turn green C. turn yellow D. to turn yellow
3. All of us have to obey strictly.
A. traffic rules B. traffic C. traffic jam D. regular
4. Cyclists and motorists have to wear a when they ride a motorbike.
A. hard hat B. cap C. mask D. helmet
5. He forgot to give a before he turned left and got a ticket.

6
A. signal B. sign C. light D. hand
6. does it take you to get to Ho Chi Minh City by plane? - About 2 hours.
A. How far B. How much C. How long D. How many
7. There a bus station in the city centre, but it has been moved to the suburbs.
A. used to be B. used to have C. use to have D. were
8. I marbles when I was young, but now I didn’t.
A. play B. used to play C. have played D. didn’t use to play
9. “ is it from your house to the nearest bus stop?” - “About 50 meters’
A. How far B. How long C. How often D. How much
10. We should the street at the zebra crossing.
A. walk B. walk on C. walk through D. walk across
11. Lan used to go to school .
A. with bicycle B. by foot C. in car D. by bus
12. Public in my town is good and cheap.
A. transport B. tour C. journey D. travel
13. _______ is not very far from here to the city center.
A. That B. This C. It D. There
14. When there is a traffic jam, it me a very long time to go home.
A. costs B. takes C. lasts D. spends
15. Mai’s dad usually drives her to school her school is very far from her house.
A. but B. though C. because D. or
16. Yesterday Hoa and Lan round West Lake. It took them an hour.
A. cycle B. cycles C. cycling D. cycled
17. Minh used to his homework late in the evening.
A. does B. do C. doing D. did
18. If people the rules, there are no more accidents.
A. follow B. take care of C. obey D. remember
19. You should right and left when you go across the roads.
A. see B. look C. be D. take
20. Hurry up or we can’t the last bus home.
A. keep B. follow C. go D. catch
IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form of “used to” and the verb in bracket.
1. (you/ enjoy) maths at school?
2. I (not like) flying, but I love it now.
3. We (be) friends, but we don’t get on now.
4. (John/ work) for IBM before he came here?
5. Winters (not/ be) as cold as they are now.
6. She (live) with her mother, but now she lives with her father.
7. I (not do) any exercise.
8. (he/ play) for Manchester United?
V. Write sentences with “it”. Use these cues.
1. 120 km/ Ho Chi Minh City/ Vung Tau
..........................................................................................................................................
2. 384,400 km/ the Earth/ the Moon
..........................................................................................................................................
3. not very far/ Ha Noi/ Noi Bai Airport
..........................................................................................................................................
4. 500 meters/ my house/ nearest shop
..........................................................................................................................................
5. 700 meters/ my house/ Youth Club
..........................................................................................................................................
6. five km/ my home village/ nearest town
..........................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words.

7
Who are the (1) drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According to a recent survey,
young and inexperienced (2) are the most likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more (3)
. Young men have the worst accident records of all. They often (4) faster cars with bigger
engines. One of the (5) interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the
driver. When men have (6) friends in the car, their driving become worse. When their wife or
girlfriend is in the car, (7) , their driving is better. But opposite is true for women. Their driving is
(8) dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car.
VII. Read the following text carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each of the gap.
When you are in Singapore, you can go about (1) taxi, by bus, or by underground. I myself prefer the
underground (2) it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3) buses and taxis in Singapore and
one cannot drive along the road (4) and without many stops, especially on Monday morning. The
underground is therefore usually quicker (5) taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very well, it is
difficult (6) the bus you want. You can take a taxi, but it is (7) expensive than the
underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that (8) you the names of the stations and
show you (9) to get to them, so (10) it is easy to find your way.
1. A. by B. in C. at D. on
2. A. but B. because C. when D. so
3. A. few B. a lot C. many D. some
4. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickest
5. A. so B. like C. than D. as
6. A. find B. to find C. finding D. found
7. A. less B. more C. most D. much
8. A. tell B. told C. tells D. telling
9. A. who B. what C. when D. how
10. A. how B. that C. when D. where
VIII. Read the text and fill in the blanks with correct words. Use the words in the box.
in live their with from
sleep are and or gets
The streets are crowded (1) the traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people (2)
the airport and the train stations to the hotels. They hope to (3) a few hours before their busy day in
the big city. Trucks (4) bringing fresh fruits and vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food
(5) fuel to the harbour.
By seven o’clock (6) the morning, the streets are filled again with people. Millions of people
(7) in the big city, and millions of people who work in the big city live in the suburbs, the commuters, are
hurrying to get to (8) offices. Everyone is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others
stop to buy the morning paper (9) to have breakfast.
The noise of traffic (10) louder. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it
along.
IX. Read the text and then choose the best answer A, B, C or D.
Yesterday, on the way home from school, I saw an accident. A boy was run over by a taxi when he was
riding his bicycle. The boy’s leg was broken and it was bleeding badly. Someone there tried to stop the
bleeding. They put pressure on it and held it tight. A man used his mobile phone to call the emergency service.
Some minutes later, an ambulance arrived and sent the boy to the hospital. Two policemen came to the scene
immediately. Some people told the police that the taxi driver was driving at a very high speed when the
accident happened. Some others began talking about the traffic accidents these days and blamed the increasing
number of accidents on the roads for careless driving and drunk drivers.
1. What did the writer see yesterday?
A. An accident B. A fire C. A fighting D. A crash
2. The accident happened between a taxi and .
A. a bus B. a bicycle C. a car D. motorbike
3. The boy was sent to the hospital by .
A. a police B. a car C. a passenger D. an ambulance
4. What part of his body was hurt? – His .
8
A. arm B. head C. leg D. shoulder
5. How was the driver driving when the accident happened? – Very .
A. fast B. slowly C. carefully D. well
X. Put the words and phrases in the right order to make meaningful sentences.
1. takes/ art/ half/ gallery/ only/ hour/ to/ an/ the/ It/ to/ get.
..........................................................................................................................................
2. mine/ book/ Her/ from/ is/ different.
..........................................................................................................................................
3. playing/ young/ brother/ the/ very/ piano/ My/ when/ was/ enjoyed/ he.
..........................................................................................................................................
4. are/ I/ as/ as/ not/ thought/ These/ expensive/ clothes.
..........................................................................................................................................
5. new/ is/ next/ A/ to be/ going/ school/ built/ year/ here.
..........................................................................................................................................
XI. Rewrite the following sentences in the way that their original meanings do not change.
1. Van Cao composed Viet Nam's anthem Tien Quan Ca.
→ Viet Nam’s anthem Tien Quan Ca .............................................................................
2. Be careful or you’ll hurt yourself.
→ If you are ....................................................................................................................
3. What is the price of the bicycle?
→ How much ................................................................................................................?
4. The market does not have any carrots
→ There ..........................................................................................................................
5. You’re the best guitarist in the school.
→ No one ........................................................................................................................
XII. Rewrite each sentence or question so it has the same meaning. Use “Used to”.
Ex: I was in the school tennis team.
→ I used to be in the school tennis team.
1. Anna had long hair when she was at school.
............................................................................................................
2. Mary didn’t listen when her teachers were speaking.
............................................................................................................
3. Ricardo got up at 6.00 when he was training for the Olympics.
............................................................................................................
4. What did you usually do on Saturday evenings?
............................................................................................................
5. Sophie was afraid of dogs when she was a little girl.
............................................................................................................
6. We always gave our teachers presents at the end of term.
............................................................................................................
7. Did you live next door to Mrs. Harrison?
............................................................................................................
8. My brother wore glasses when he was young.
............................................................................................................
XIII. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.
1. As soon as I receive my result, I will phone you.
A. I will ring you the moment I receive my result.
B. Sooner or later after I receive my result, I will give you a ring.
C. After receiving my result, I will call you.
D. I will make a phone call to you when I get my result.
2. When I was a young girl, chocolate was one of my favourites.
A. When very young, I like eating chocolate cakes.
B. Chocolate used to be a favorite of mine when I was a young girl.
C. My favourite was chocolate as was a little girl.
D. Being a little girl, I like chocolate.
9
3. I haven’t seen my aunt for years.
A. I haven’t meet my aunt for long ago.
B. The last time I met my aunt was since years ago.
C. I last saw my aunt years ago.
D. I didn’t see my aunt years ago.
4. I think it’s necessary to tell Tim about it at once.
A. Tim may be told about it at once.
B. Tim might be told about it at once.
C. Tim must be told about it at once.
D. Tim should be told about it at once.
5. It is essential that we meet him at the airport.
A. He must be met at the airport. B. He might be met at the airport.
C. He should be met at the airport. D. He may be met at the airport.
XIV. Complete the second sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. I usually stayed up late to watch football matches last year, but now I don’t.
→ I used...........................................................................................................................
2. There were some trees in the field, but now there aren’t any.
→ There used...................................................................................................................
3. Anna doesn’t live with her parents any more.
→ Anna used....................................................................................................................
4. He is not a poor man any more, but he become a rich businessman.
→ He used........................................................................................................................
5. They didn’t often go to the cinema every Sunday last year.
→ They didn’t use...........................................................................................................
6. My hair now is much longer than that in the past.
→ In the past my hair used..............................................................................................
7. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school.
→ I used...........................................................................................................................
8. Did you often go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?
→ Did you use.................................................................................................................
9. Mr. Hung often went to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus.
→ Mr. Hung.....................................................................................................................
10. There were traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street become wider.
→ There...........................................................................................................................
TEST 2 UNIT 7
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. head B. break C. bread D. heavy
2. A. said B. wait C. maid D. sail
3. A. start B. lake C. station D. came
4. A.ancient B. radio C. nature D. village
5. A. indicate B. mistake C. take D. says
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. lazy B. date C. hate D. car
2. A. said B. wait C. train D. paid
3. A. safety B. waste C. taste D. chat
4. A. security B. belt C. let D. centre
5. A. head B. seat C. heavy D. weather
III. Choose the correct answer.
1. does it take to go from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City by plane?
A.How far B.How much C.How long D.How many
2. There a bus station in the city centre, but it has been moved to the suburbs.
A.used to be B.used to have C.use to have D.were
3. I marbles when I was young, but now I didn’t.
A.play B.used to play C.have played D.didn’t use to play

10
4. “ is it from your house to the nearest bus stop?” - “About 50 metres.”
A.How far B.How long C.How often D.How much
5. We should the sheet at the zebra crossing.
A.walk B.walk on C.walk through D.walk across
6. Drivers have to your seatbelt whenever they drive.
A.put B.tie C.fasten D. put on
7. We should wait for the traffic lights before we cross the street.
A.turn green B.to turn green C.turn yellow D.to turn yellow
8. All of us have to obey strictly.
A.traffic rules B.traffic C.traffic jam D.regular
9. Cyclists and motorists have to wear a when they ride a motorbike.
A.hard hat B.cap C.mask D.helmet
10. He forgot to give a before he turned left and got a ticket.
A.signal B.sign C.light D.hand
IV. Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box.
train tickets railway station means of transport traffic jams road safety
road user speed limit driving license safety helmet zebra crossing

1. Roadworks have caused throughout the city centre.


2. Slow down because you’re breaking the .
3. A is a place on a road at which vehicles must stop to allowpeople to walk
across the road.
4. A is an official document that shows you are able to drive.
5. We needed to get to Ha Noi, but we had no .
6. I have two available to go to Lao Cai. Would you like to go with me to Sa Pa?
7. The government has introduced a new campaign in an attempt to reduce the number of road
accidents.
8. We looked on our map to find the way to the .
9. You should know the regulations in order to become a good .
10. A is a hard hat which covers and protects the whole head, worn especially
by motorcyclists.
V. Put the types of transport into the correct group of the verb. Some types of transport can be used
more than once, and used with the article “a” or “the”.
bus plane train taxi car
helicopter bike horse motorbike ship

1. take: __________________________________________________________________________
2. get on: ________________________________________________________________________
3. get off: ________________________________________________________________________
4. go by: _________________________________________________________________________
5. ride: __________________________________________________________________________

VI. Complete the following sentences using a different verb or expression. Don’t change the meaning.
Number 0 has been done for you as an example.

11
0. She never drives to the shops.
She never goes to the shops by car.
1. In bad weather, I take the bus to school.
In bad weather, I to school .
2. I always walk to my grandparents’ house.
I always to my grandparents’ house .
3. I usually go to school by bike.
I usually to school.
4. Do you go to school on foot?
Do you to school?
5. My father usually goes to work by car.
My father usually to work.
6. My mother drives me to the bus station.
My mother me to the bus station by .
VII. Complete the sentences with “used to” or “didn’t use to”.
1. I like sports, but now I do a lot of different sports.
2. I be afraid of heights, but then I started climbing hills.
3. I like putting my head in the water because I couldn’t swim.
4. I go skating until I met Anna in Switzerland, and then we have practised a lot so far.
5. I go to school on foot, but now I ride a bicycle to school.
VIII. Read the following passage about driving laws around the world, and then tick the correct
answers: true (T), or false (F).
In Sweden, it is necessary to keep your headlights on 24 hours a day. We understand that it is required
for places as cold as Sweden during winter, but you cannot turn off your car’s lights even if it is June and the
weather looks just fine.
If you are driving in Beijing and you come across a zebra crossing, don’t stop or even try to slow down
because this will get you in trouble with the law.
In Thailand, it is compulsory to wear a shirt while driving. Women who go topless while driving can be
fined equal to a few hundred baht.
In Cyprus, you should keep both hands on the wheel. Drivers who unnecessarily raise a hand from the
steering wheel can get fines, although we think that making some gestures at bad drivers is sometimes good.
Don’t yell or curse while you are driving in Rockville, Maryland, USA although you are right. It is
illegal to curse in public. You have to pay a fine up to $100 or go to prison up to 10 days.
Before you drive off with a car in Denmark, you must check that the children in your car have the best
places. Maybe the reason is that they can read books by Hans Anderson.
Drinking and driving is illegal in Spain, but in Macedonia, if you are drunk, you cannot sit in the front
seats.
True False
1. Use your car’s headlights 24 hours a day in Sweden.  
2. In Sweden, you have to turn on your car’s lights in June when theweather is bad.  
3. In Beijing, it is against the law to stop at a zebra crossing.
4. In Thailand, you have to wear a shirt while driving.  
5. There are no rules about what women have to wear while they aredriving in Thailand.  
6. In Cyprus, you cannot shake your fist (a hand with the fingers and thumb held tightly in)  
at other drivers.
7. It is illegal to use bad language while you are driving in Rockville, Maryland, USA.  
8. If you yell or curse while you are driving in Rockville, Maryland, USA and don't pay  
the fine, you may be put in prison up to 90 days.
9. Children can have best places while they are riding in a car in Denmark.  
10. Don’t sit in the front seats if you are drunk in Macedonia, Spain.  
IX. Read the following text, and then answer the questions.
Bike safety
 Children under 10 should always ride with an adult.
 You must wear an approved cycle helmet correctly.

12
 Make sure bikes have working brakes.
 Wearing a high visibility vest or jacket, especially at night, is a good idea.
 You should copy the way you see your parents riding their bikes.
1. At which age can children ride their bikes alone?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. What must you wear while riding?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. What should your bike have?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What should you wear when you ride at night?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. Is the way your parents ride their bikes a good example for you to follow?
_______________________________________________________________________________
X. Read the text and answer the following questions.
The streets are crowded with traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people from the airport and the train
stations to the hotels. They hope to sleep a few hours before their busy day in the big city. Trucks are
bringing fresh fruits and vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food and fuel to the harbour.
By seven o’clock in the morning, the streets are filled again with people. Millions of people live in the
big city, and millions of people who work in the big city live in the suburbs, the commuters, are hurrying to
get to their offices. Everyone is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy the
morning paper or to have breakfast.
The noise of traffic gets louder. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it along.
1. Where do taxis often take people from?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. What are trucks bringing? And what about ships?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Who are commuters?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What do people often do when they are in a hurry in the early morning?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. What do the policemen do to control the traffic?
_______________________________________________________________________________
XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. I usually stayed up late to watch football matches last year, but now I don’t.
I used _________________________________________________________________________.
2. There were some frees in the field, but now there aren’t any.
There used______________________________________________________________________.
3. Linda doesn’t live with her parents any more.
Linda used______________________________________________________________________.
4. He is not a poor man any more, but he becomes a rich businessman.
He used________________________________________________________________________.
5. They didn’t often go to the cinema every Sunday last year.
They didn’t use__________________________________________________________________.
6. My hair now is much longer than that in the past.
In the past my hair used___________________________________________________________.
7. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school.
I used _________________________________________________________________________.
8. Did you often go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?
Did you use ____________________________________________________________________.
9. Mr. Nam often went to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus.
Mr. Nam _______________________________________________________________________.
10. There were traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street becomes wider.
There _________________________________________________________________________.

13
XII. Write a paragraph about traffic problems and the solutions, using the cues given and the words to
show sequence like: first, second, moreover, in addition,..., at last.
1. Most streets/ roads/ our city/ narrow/ in bad conditions.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Many people/ not strictly follow/ traffic laws/ when using the roads.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. For example/ they/ cross/ sheet/ wrong places/ ride/ motorbikes/ wrong direction.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. Many street vendors/ occupy/ pavement/ display/ goods/ sale/ pedestrians/ walk/ in the road.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. The number of trucks/ our city/ very big/ so/ they/ interfere/ traffic flow.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. Construction/ houses and buildings/ not carefully planned/ so/ they/ occupy/ surface of the roads.
_______________________________________________________________________________
To solve the traffic problems in our city, we should do many things.
7. All streets/ be widened/ and traffic lines/ more logical.
_______________________________________________________________________________
8. We/ encourage/ people/ use public transport/ theft personal vehicles.
_______________________________________________________________________________
9. Heavy penalties/ use/ for/ careless/ dangerous drivers. People/ be educated/ traffic regulations/ at the
same time.
_______________________________________________________________________________
10. In short/1 hope/ traffic problems/ our city/ be solved/ so that/ we/ feel/ comfortable/ when/ use the road.
_______________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 8: FILMS ( PHIM ẢNH)


A. VOCABULARY:
1. animation (n) /'ænɪˈmeɪʃən/: phim hoạt hoạ
2. critic (n) /'krɪtɪk/: nhà phê bình
3. direct (v) /dɪˈrekt/: làm đạo diễn (phim, kịch...)
4. disaster (n) /dɪˈzɑːstə/: thảm hoạ, tai hoạ
5. documentary (n) /,dɒkjə'mentri/: phim tài liệu
6. entertaining (adj) /,entə'teɪnɪŋ/: thú vị, làm vui lòng vừa ý
7. gripping (adj) /'ɡrɪpɪŋ/: hấp dẫn, thú vị
8. hilarious (adj) /hɪˈleəriəs/: vui nhộn, hài hước
9. horror film (n) /'hɒrə fɪlm /: phim kinh dị
10. must-see (n) /'mʌst si:/: bộ phim hấp dẫn cần xem
11. poster (n) /'pəʊstə/: áp phích quảng cáo
12. recommend (v) /,rekə'mend /: giới thiệu, tiến cử
13. review (n) /rɪˈvju:/: bài phê bình
14. scary (adj) /:skeəri/: làm sợ hãi, rùng rợn
15. science fiction (sci-fi) (n) /saɪəns fɪkʃən/: phim khoa học viễn tưởng
16. star (v) /stɑː/: đóng vai chính
17. survey (n) /'sɜːveɪ/: cuộc khảo sát
18. thriller (n) /'θrɪlə /: phim kinh dị, giật gân
19. violent (adj) /'vaɪələnt/: có nhiều cảnh bạo lực

B. GRAMMAR.
TÍNH TỪ V-ING/ V-ED MIÊU TẢ PHIM VÀ CẢM XÚC KHI XEM PHIM (-ED AND –ING
ADJECTIVES.
1. Cách thành lập tính từ V-ing/ V-ed
14
Cách thành lập tính từ Ví dụ
từ một động từ
Thêm “-ed” vào sau I’m interested in science-fiction films.
động từ để tạo ra động ( Tôi rất thích thú với các bộ phim khoa học viễn tưởng)
từ miêu tả ai đó cảm I was so moved when I watched the end of the film.
thấy như thế nào, cảm (Tôi đã rất xúc động khi tôi xem đoạn cuối của bộ phim)
xúc của một người. I was really surprised at the achievement at the Cannes Film Festival.
( Tôi đã rất ngạc nhiên với thành tích của họ tại Liên hoan phim Cannes)
Thêm “-ing” vào sau Last night, I saw an interesting science-fiction film.
động từ để tạo ra động (Tối qua, tôi xem một bộ phim khoa học viễn tưởng rất thú vị)
từ miêu tả ai, cái gì The end of the film was so moving.
mang lại cảm giác như (Kết thúc của bộ phim thật cảm động)
thế nào cho đối tượng They have got a surprising achievement at the Cannes Film Festival.
(Họ vừa giành được thành tích đáng ngạc nhiên tại Liên hoan phim Cannes)

2. Một vài cặp tính từ phổ biến:


Tính từ-ed Tính từ-ing
Entertained (thú vị) Entertaining (làm thú vị)
Embarrassed (bị bối rối, ngượng ngùng) Embarrassing (làm bối rối, xấu hổ)
Annoyed (bị bực mình) Annoying (làm bực mình)
Interested (thích thú) Interesting (làm thú vị)
Disappointed (thất vọng) Disappointing (làm thất vọng)
Excited (sôi nổi) Exciting (làm sôi nổi)
Exhausted (kiệt sức) Exhausting (làm kiệt sức)
Surprised (bất ngờ) Surprising (làm bất ngờ)
Confused (bối rối) Confusing (làm bối rối)
Frightened (hoảng sợ) Frightening ( làm hoảng sợ)
Bored (nhạt nhẽo, tẻ nhạt) Boring (làm cho nhạt nhẽo)

 BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


BÀI 1: Thành lập tính từ đuôi “ed” và tính từ đuôi “-ing” từ những động từ sau:
V -ed -ing
annoy
bore
confuse
depress
disappoint
embarrass
excite
exhaust
fascinate
frighten
interest
move
relax
satisfy
shock
surprise
terrify
thrill
tire
Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu dưới đây với tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” cho sẵn.
1. moved/ moving
15
-The film was so_______________
-I was deeply _______________ by the film.
2. terrified/ terrifying
-Both of us were _______________ of that violent scene.
-That violent scene was _______________.
3. tired/ tiring
-Going shopping all day makes me feel_______________.
-Going shopping all day is _______________.
4. interested/ interesting
-Jim’s _______________ in reading books.
-Jim finds reading books_______________.
5. fascinated/ fascinating
-Jane sometimes has many _______________ ideas.
-We are _______________ by Jane’s ideas.
6. depressed/ depressing
-The weather was _______________ yesterday.
-The weather made me fell _______________yesterday.
7. annoyed/ annoying
-His tone of voice is so _______________
-I am so _______________ by his tone of voice.
8. shocked/ shocking
-His latest news was _______________.
-We were _______________ at his latest news.
Bài 3: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Are you (interested/ interesting) in classical music?
2. I always feel (exhausted/ exhausting) after long working hours.
3. The movie I saw last night was (excited/ exciting).
4. I find it (astonished/astonishing) you didn’t like sci-fi movies.
5. My sister easily gets (embarrassed/ embarrassing).
6. Tom, you look (tired/ tiring). What have you done?
7. I think all my teachers are (amazed/ amazing). I love them very much.
8. Last week, my father threw a (surprised/ surprising) party to celebrate my birthday.
9. I didn’t find the jokes at all (amused/ amusing).
10. Last year, I had a really (terrified/ terrifying) experience at the camp site.
11. I never find reading books (bored/ boring).
12. His wife looked (astounded/astouding) at the news.
13. Ann was (thrilled/ thrilling) to bits that she got the job.
14. This complicated system really makes me (confusing/confused).
15. The film was terribly (disappointed/ disappointing).
Bài 4: Sử dụng tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” tạo thành từ những động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành
những câu dưới đây.
1. The kitchen was in a_______________ state when she left. ( disgust)
2. Jim had an accident yesterday and his situation is _______________. (worry)
3. The result of her exam is very _______________. ( disappoint)
4. This is the most_______________ film I have known. (thrill)
5. Everyone was _______________ at her new hair. (surprise)
6. I really got _______________ at the lack of progress. (frustrate)
7. What is the most _______________ creature in the world? (frighten)
8. It is absolutely a visually _______________ movie. (stun)
9. Jane gave up her part-time job because it was too _______________(exhaust)
10. The rainforests are disappearing at an _______________ rate. (alarm)
11. They are never_______________. They are always complaining. (satisfy)
12. My teacher was very _______________that I studied hard. (please)
13. I am _______________ to know your thought of the movie. (intrigue)

16
14. Your remarks are_______________. You should apologize. (insult)
15. I was deeply _______________ by the news. (disturb)
16. It was _______________ outside. You should put on thick coat before going out. (freeze)
17. My parents always give me a warm_______________ hug whenever I get home. (welcome)
18. Students easily get _______________. (distract)
19. I find his argument very _______________. (convince)
20. Jane appeared _______________ and confident before the interview. ( relax)

Bài 5: Đánh dấu (√ ) trước những câu trả lời đúng. Đánh dấu (X) trước những câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại
cho đúng.
_____________ 1. The special effects of this film are fascinated.
_____________ 2. I embarrassed today morning because I wore my sweater inside out.
_____________ 3. Everyone in my class found the lesson very bored.
_____________ 4. The locals were extremely welcoming.
_____________ 5. My brother is not a bored person.
_____________ 6. Many critics found this film was deeply moving.
_____________ 7. I am confusing by these twins.
_____________ 8. No one was surprised at the news.
_____________
_____________
_____________

II. TỪ NỐI ( CONNECTORS): ALTHOUGH/ IN SPITE OF/ DESPITE/ HOWEVER/


NEVERTHELESS.
1. Although/ In spite of/ Despite:
Although In spite of Despite
Chức năng Chỉ mối quan hệ đối lập giữa hai thông tin trong cùng một câu
Cấu trúc Although + mệnh đề 1 (S+V), In spite of +danh từ/ cụm Despite +danh từ/ cụm
mệnh đề 2 (S+V), danh từ/ V-ing danh từ/ V-ing
Ví dụ We enjoyed our camping holiday We enjoyed our camping We enjoyed our camping
although it rained every day. holiday in spite of the rain. holiday despite the rain.
(Chúng tôi đã rất thích chuyến đi (Chúng tôi đã rất thích (Chúng tôi đã rất thích
cắm trại mặc dù ngày nào trời cũng chuyến đi cắm trại mặc dù chuyến đi cắm trại mặc
mưa) trời mưa) dù ngày nào trời cũng
mưa)
In spite of the traffic, we Despite the pain in his
Although he worked very hard, he arrived on time. leg, he completed the
didn’t manage to pass the exam. marathon.
(Mặc dù anh ấy học hành chăm chỉ, (Mặc dù giao thông tồi tệ,
nhưng anh ấy đã không thi đỗ) tôi vẫn đến đúng giờ) (Mặc dù đau chân nhưng
anh ấy vẫn hoàn thành
cuộc thi chạy)

2. However/ Nevertheless:
However/ Nevertheless:
Chức năng Chỉ mối quan hệ đối lập giữa hai câu
Cấu trúc Mệnh đề 1. However/ Nevertheless, mệnh đề 2.
Mệnh đề 1. Chủ ngữ, however/ nevertheless, động từ.
Mệnh đề 1. Mệnh đề 2, however/ nevertheless
Ví dụ I love London. However, the weather is bad.
17
(Tôi yêu Luân Đôn. Tuy nhiên thời tiết thì tệ)
I love London. The weather, however, is bad.
I love London. The weather is bad, however.

 BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN:


Bài 6: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống thích hợp.
1. ________________ she has a good look, everybody hates her.
2. Jane seldom sees Jim ______they go to the same school.
3. ________________ her illness, Jane went to work yesterday.
4. ________________ it was chilly outside, we went fishing.
5. ________________ working hard, Peter failed the test.
6. ________________ the difficulties, Sarah managed to solve the problem.
7. My grandfather was very strong __________his old age.
8. The children slept deeply ________________ the noise.
9. ________________ the high salary, Marey refused the job offer.
10. ________________earning a high salary, Sara never wastes her money.
11. I find the film boring________________ many people like it.
12. ________________the bad weather, we went on our school picnic.
13. ________________the congestion, we weren’t late for the meeting.
14. ________________ he’s rich, he is always upset.
15. I couldn’t sleep________________ I was exhausted.
Bài 7: Sử dụng liên từ “however” hoặc “nevertheless” để liên kết hai câu cho sẵn.
1. Mrs Smith loves her children so much. She’s sometimes very strict

2. We can go there by bus. It is not the only way.


___________________________________________________________________
3. Jim is good at English. He is not the best student.
___________________________________________________________________
4. My new phone costs a lot of money to buy. It isn’t as good as I expected.
___________________________________________________________________
5. It’s hard to find a parking lot near here on Sunday. I think we can find one.
___________________________________________________________________
6. My mother wants to go to Paris in this summer. My dad wants to go to Berlin.
___________________________________________________________________
7. Jane doesn’t like salads. She likes vegetables.
___________________________________________________________________
8. My father loves watching football match. He never plays football.
___________________________________________________________________

Bài 8: Hoàn thành câu với một trong những từ nối “although/ despite/ however” sao cho thích hợp.
1. _______________ the restaurant’s good reputation, the food was terrible.
_______________ the restaurant has a good reputation, the food was terrible.
The restaurant has a good reputation. _______________, the food was terrible.
2. _______________ it didn’t stop raining, we didn’t cancel our picnic.
_______________ the rain, , we didn’t cancel our picnic.
It didn’t stop raining. We didn’t cancel our picnic,______________.
3. Mary still bought the watch, __________ it had a high price.
Mary still bought the watch __________ its high price.
The watch had a high price. Mary, ___________, bought it
4. _______________ the fact that I was late for school, my teacher didn’t punish me.
_______________ I was late for school, my teacher didn’t punish me.
I was late for school. My teacher didn’t punish me, ___________.
5. _______________ I invited Jim to my party, he didn’t come.
_______________ my invitation to the party, Jim didn’t come.

18
I invited Jim to the party. _______________, he didn’t come.
6. I don’t want to watch this film_______________ it has many good reviews.
I don’t want to watcht this film _______________ its good reviews.
The film has many good reviews. I don’t want to watch it, _______________.
7. _______________ there are many challenges, Tom won’t give up his dream.
_______________ many challenges, Tom won’t give up his dream.
There are many challenges.__________, Tom won’t give up his dream.
8. _______________ I studied very hard, I failed the exam.
_______________ studying very hard, I failed the exam.
I studied very hard. I,__________, failed the exam.

Bài 9: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.


1. We adore winter _________ the cold.
A. in spite of B. although C. however
2. She went to bed early_________ she didn’t finish her work.
A. despite B. although C. however
3. _________ the fact that he is 23 years old, he is so childish.
A. in spite B. despite C. however
4. I go to school by bus every day. I don’t like it much, _________.
A. despite B. although C. however
5. _________ Jim owns two cars, he rarely drives to work.
A. despite B. although C. however
6. The athlete completed the race _________ his pain.
A. despite B. although C. nevertheless
7. Jane looks pretty. She, _________, seems to lack personality.
A. despite B. although C. nevertheless
8. _________ we have a slim chance to win, we won’t lose hope.
A. despite B. although C. however
9. _________ of his bad luck, he won the medal.
A. in spite B. despite C. however
10. He is friendly _________ the fact that he’s very famous.
A. despite B. although C. however

Bài 10: Nối cột A với cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. Although I have many friends, a. However, I admire her courage.
2. I didn’t wake up late b. Nevertheless, he is good at Literature
3. I don’t really like Mary. c. Living in it, however, is very comfortable.
4. Their project was finally successful d. he didn’t skip the class.
5. Tom is not good at science subjects. e. although my alarm clock didn’t go off.
6. In spite of his headache, f. I feel lonely sometimes
7. My apartment is quite small. g. despite all the obstacles
8. I rarely go travelling h. although many friends want to travel with me.
1-_________ 2-________ 3-________ 4. -________
5-________ 6-________ 7. -________ 8-________

Bài 11: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại cho đúng.
1. Despite of the film’s amazing effects, its plot is not so appealing.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. However she doesn’t look very beautiful, she has a kind heart.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. In spite that I don’t like her way of talking, I appreciate her effort.

19
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My brother isn’t very young, nevertheless, he talks like a middle-aged woman.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Although the fact that Mary’s recently moved to this city, she is so familiar with it.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I often eat fastfood. It is not, however, good for my health.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My brother wants to travel around the world. Although he can’t afford it.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. I try to spare some time for my children. I am very busy, although.
………………………………………………………………………………………

 BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO


Bài 12: Sử dụng tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” tạo thành từ những động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành
những câu dưới đây.
Disappoint Irritate Frighten Surprise Bore
Tire Stun Interest Move excite

1. I found the last scene of the movie so ________________ that I was close to tears.
2. The team lost the match and they were ________________ with themselves.
3. We were all surprised by the ________________ view of the mountain.
4. She told me she was very ________________ although she didn’t do anything.
5. I found the way she looks at me very________________.
6. Did you see that horror film? It was so ________________.
7. We’d be ________________ to hear your views on this topic.
8. The history class was very________________. I almost fell asleep.
9. Everyone was ________________ about the upcoming feast.
10. It’s not ________________ that they fail the test. They didn’t study hard.
Bài 13: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng từ gợi ý trong
ngoặc.
1. Although there was a traffic jam, me managed to arrive at the train station on time (despite)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I don’t want to buy a new computer although I have enough money. (having)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Both of them usually go to school late although they don’t live far away from school. (spite)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My brother still went to school yesterday although he was sick. (sickness)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Although he looks healthy, he has a weak heart. (looking)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Despite the fact that Louis is not so rich, he often does charity. (although)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. In spite of the awful weather, we enjoyed our party last night. (although)
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. She goes shopping every week although she has many clothes. (having)
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Bài 14: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. _____________ Peter was not invited to the party, he was the first to come.
2. _____________ he promises he won’t tell lie again, I won’t trust him anymore.
3. This is an old car. _____________, it’s very reliable.
4. I am exhausted after school. _____________, I will help mom do housework.
5. Ted is only 6 years old. He, _____________, can play the piano very well.
6. She bought that sweater _____________ its high price.

20
7. They rushed to the cinema. _____________, they were too late.
8. _____________Sally hates crowded places, we’ve invited her to the prom.
9. I didn’t like her rude behavior. _____________, I said nothing.
10. _____________ working slowly, he rarely makes mistakes.
11. I do exercise every day. I haven’t lost any weight, _____________.
12. My father tried to lift the box. _____________, it was too heavy.
13. We won the game_____________ having lost two players.
14. I called Jane four times. _____________, she didn’t answer me.
15. He wants to be a famous actor. His parents, _____________, wants him to be a doctor.

Bài 15: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Although/ Anna/ not look/ serious/ she/ worried/ now.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. In spite of/ get/ up/ late/ this morning/ I not miss/ the bus
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Despite/ have/ no/ money/ we/ go/ shopping/ tomorrow.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Although/ the book/ thick/ Jane/ finish/ it/ yesterday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Jim/ have/ serious/ car/ accident/ last/ month/ howver/ he/ recover/ quickly.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Although/ I/ fascinated/ to/ know/ the result/ I/ pretend/ I not care.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. Jim/ not/ usually/ like/ sci-fi movies/ nevertheless/ this one/ be/ exception.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Although/ it /sunny/ I / bring/ umbrella/ with me.
…………………………………………………………………………………………

C.EXERCISES

TEST 1 UNIT 8
I. Put the words in the box into two groups.
walked looked stopped acted wanted disappointed
volunteered bored convinced terrified appeared laughed
amazed fascinated starred washed shocked interested

/t/ /d/ /id/

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1.
A. loved B. liked C. wished D. gripped
2.
A. safely B. pavement C. animation D. female
3.
A. bored B. amazed C. excited D. enjoyed
4.
A. filled B. opened C. played D. wanted
5.
A. ended B. shocked C. laughed D. missed
III. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. recommend B. seatbelt C. vehicle D. investigate
2. A. performed B. approached C. advertised D. murdered
21
3. A. illegal B. sign C. critic D. direct
4. A. terrified B. entertained C. produced D. engaged
5. A. talked B. needed C. cooked D. booked
IV. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence.
1. A film in which strange and frightening things happen is called a/an .
A. thriller B. comedy C. drama D. animation
2. Not many people went to see the film; , it received good reviews from critics.
A. however B. despite C. but D. although
3. he spent much money on the film, it wasn’t a big success.
A. Even B. But C. Although D. Despite
4. Trung finds horror films really .
A. disgust B. disgusts C. disgusting D. disgusted
5. they spent a lot of money on the film, it wasn’t a big success.
A. However B. Nevertheless C. When D. Although
6. We didn’t find it funny it was a comedy.
A. in spite of B. despite C. although D. but
7. In Titanic, it Leonardo DiCaprio as Jack Dawson, a poor artist.
A. directs B. shows C. acts D. stars
8. The end of the film was so that many people cried.
A. shocking B. moving C. exciting D. boring
9. I went to the cinema with my friends yesterday feeling very tired.
A. although B. in spite of C. but D. so
10. beginning with a terrible disaster, the film has a happy ending.
A. In spite B. Despite C. Although D. However
11. I found the book so that I couldn’t put it down.
A. gripping B. boring C. tiring D. shocking
12. careful preparation, we have a lot of difficulties in making a new film.
A. With B. However C. Such D. Despite
13. The film has a silly plot. , many people enjoyed it.
A. Though B. Moreover C. Because D. Nevertheless
14. A is a film that shows real life events or stories.
A. Action B. documentary C. thriller D. comedy
15. I have never felt as as I did when I watched that horror film.
A. terrify B. terrified C. terrifying D. terrible
V. Complete the sentences with “although/in spite of/because/because of”.
1. Although it rained a lot, we enjoyed our holiday.
2. a. .... all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.
b. .... we’d phoned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong.
3. a. I went home early .... I was feeling unwell.
b. I went to work the next day .... I was still feeling unwell.
4. a. She only accepted the job .... the salary, which was very high.
b. She accepted the job .... the salary, which was rather low.
5. a. I managed to get to sleep .... there was a lot of noise.
b. I couldn’t get to sleep .... the noise.

VI. Choose the correct word.


1. We were all (horrifying/horrified) when we heard about the disaster.
2. It’s sometimes (embarrassing/embarrassed) when you have to ask people for money.
3. Are you (interesting/interested) in football?
4. I enjoyed the football match. It was quite (exciting/excited).
5. It was a really (terrifying/terrified) experience. Afterwards everybody was very (shocking/shocked).
6. I had never expected to be offered the job. I was really (amazing/amazed) when I was offered it.
7. The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really (disgusting/ disgusted).
8. Do you easily get (embarrassing/embarrassed)?

22
VII. Give the correct form of the words given to complete the sentence.
1. This film made a strong on me. IMPRESS
2. Have you ever seen this comedy? It’s really . FUN
3. The film was though they spent millions of SUCCEED dollars
making it.
4. I love action films. The/re very . EXCITE
5. Big Ben Down is about a group of who take TERROR
control of Big Ben.
6. We were with the service at the cinema. SATISFY
Everything was terrible.
7. There are always cowboys in a . WEST
8. The film is a big . It is boring from DISAPPOINT
beginning to end.
9. A drama is a play in a theatre or on television or radio, or plays ACT and
generally.
10. The film is about two hijackers who to blow THREAT up the
plane.
VIII. Choose the correct word.
1. I was disappointing/disappointed with the film. I had expected it to be better.
2. Are you interesting/interested in football?
3. The football match was very exciting/excited. I enjoyed it.
4. It’s sometimes embarrassing/embarrassed when you have to ask people for money.
5. Do you easily get embarrassing/embarrassed?
6. I had never expected to get the job. I was really amazing/amazed when I was offered it.
7. She has really learnt very fast. She has made astonishing/astonished progress.
8. I didn’t find the situation funny. I was not amusing/amused.
9. Why do you always look so boring/bored? Is your life really so boring/bored?
10. He’s one of the most boring/bored people I’ve ever met. He never stops talking and he never says
anything interesting/interested.
IX. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.
Safely called in acting production which
The to see because performed do

Modern cinema audiences expect (1) plenty of thrilling scenes in action films. These
scenes (2) are known as stunts are usually (3) by stuntmen who are specially trained to
dangerous things (4) . Anyone can crash a car, but if you are (5) in a film, you have to
be extremely precise, sometimes you drive and stop right in front of the camera and film crew. At (6)
early stage in the (7) , an expert stuntman is (8) to work out the action
scenes and form a team. He is the only person who can against the words of the director, (9)
he will usually only (10) this in the regards of safe.
X. Make one sentence from two. Use the word(s) in brackets in your sentences.
1. I couldn’t sleep. I was very tired. (despite)
______________________________________________________________________
2. They have very little money. They are happy. (in spite of)
______________________________________________________________________
3. My foot was injured. I managed to walk to the nearest village. (although)
______________________________________________________________________
4. I enjoyed the film. The story was silly. (in spite of)
______________________________________________________________________
5. We live in the same street. We hardly ever see each other. (despite)
______________________________________________________________________
6. I got very wet in the rain. I was only out for five minutes. (even though)
XI.
1. Although Tom was a poor student, he studied very well.
23
 In spite of___________________________________________________________
2. Mary could not go to school because she was sick.
 Because of __________________________________________________________
3. Although the weather was bad, she went to school on time.
 Despite_____________________________________________________________
4. My mother told me to go to school although I was sick.
 In spite of___________________________________________________________
5. Because there was a big storm, I stayed at home.
 Because of__________________________________________________________
6. Tom was admitted to the university although his grades were bad.
 Despite_____________________________________________________________
7. Although she has a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
 Despite_____________________________________________________________
8. In spite of his good salary, Tom gave up his job.
 Although____________________________________________________________
9. Though he had not finished the paper, he went to sleep.
 In spite of___________________________________________________________
10. In spite of the high prices, my daughter insists on going to the movies.
 Even though

TEST 2 UNIT 8
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. picked B. clicked C. promised D. delivered
2. A. wanted B. developed C. needed D. included
3. A. jumped B. loved C. washed D. liked
4. A.actor B.acting C.address D.action
5. A. long B. boring C. shocked D. comedy
II. Choose the correct answer.
1. A is a film that shows real life events or stories.
A.action B.documentary C.thriller D.comedy
2. I found the book so that I couldn’t put it down.
A.gripping B.boring C.tiring D.shocking
3. A is a film that tries to make audiences laugh.
A.horror B.sci-fi C.comedy D.documentary
4. The end of the film was so that many people cried.
A.shocking B.moving C.exciting D.boring
5. Mr. Bean’s Holiday is a film - I was laughing from beginning to end.
A.hilariousB.violent C.scary D.moving
6. they spent a lot of money on the film, it wasn’t a big success.
A.However B.Nevertheless C.When D.Although
7. Last night, I didn’t go to bed early being very tired.
A.despite of B.in spite of C.althoughD.because of
8. Not many people went to see the film; , it received good reviews from critics.
A.however B.despite C.but D.although
9. We found the plot of the film .
A.bored B.boring C.interested D.acting
10. We were with the latest film of that director.
A.satisfy B.satisfying C.satisfactory D.satisfied
III. Complete the text with the words given in the box.
role actors favourite extras director thriller star scene
My (l) film this year was Zero Game, the latest (2) by (3)
Xi Dong. It has several well-known Chinese (4) and one real (5)
, Li Mu Bai, who plays the (6) of thepoliceman who has to catch a thief, Jun Fat.

24
Li Mu Bai is brilliant. In the best(7) , he chases Jun Fat across the city on a motorbike,
watched by thousandsof (8) .
IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the adjectives in brackets.
1. It’s a book and I’m every time I start reading it. (bore)
2. I was very in the lesson because our teacher is very in history.
(interest)
3. We were all very about the school trip but it wasn’t an
trip at all. (excite)
4. Studying for exams is very . I get when I open my school
books. (tire)
5. My friend is a very sort of person but he hates doing activities. (relax)
V. Complete the conversations with the correct form of the adjectives in brackets.
1. A: Was it a good film?
B: No, it wasn’t very (interest) . In fact, it was really (bore) .
2. A: I’m always very (tire) after a day at work. I can’t do anything in the evening.
B: Why don’t you watch a film?
A: I always fall asleep. Sometimes, I put on the most (excite) film that I really
want to see but I always fall asleep
3. A: I’m an actor. Acting is a very (tire) job. It isn’t (relax) at all.
Are you (relax) ?
B: No way. I’m a worker.
VI. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the adjectives in the box.
bore (x2) excite interest relax tire
1. I’m . I have nothing to do.
2. “Do you think yoga is ?” - “Oh, yes. It’s great. All my problems go after an hour
of yoga.”
3. I’m . I didn’t sleep last night.
4. The film was . Nothing happened.
5. Ben was very about his birthday presents. He woke up at 5 a.m. and wanted to open
them then.
6. This is a very book about the history of the cinema. I’m learning a lot.
VII. Complete the sentences, using although, despite, in spite of, however, or nevertheless. Sometimes,
two answers are possible.
1. it was raining heavily, he went out without a raincoat.
2. My father is very busy. , he is always willing to give a hand with the housework.
3. Some English words have the same pronunciation they are spelled differently, for
example, dear and deer.
4. I was cold and wet. , Bob put on his swimming suit and went to the beach.
5. I think I did OK in my speech last night I’d had almost no sleep for 24 hours.
6. Carol arrived at the meeting I asked her not to be there.
7. The sky was grey and cloudy. , we went to the beach.
8. It looks like they’re going to succeed their present difficulties.
9. there was no electricity, I was able to read because I had a candle.
10. I heard the telephone ring, I didn’t answer it.

VIII. Complete the sentences, using although, despite, in spite of, however, or nevertheless. Sometimes,
two answers are possible.
1. difficulties, the firemen managed to save many people who were caught in the fire.
2. he got top marks at high school, he never went to university.
3. She failed the test she studied hard.
4. Everyone thought she would accept the offer. , she turned it down.
5. We enjoyed our holiday the rain.
IX. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

25
action animated comedy horror western
musical romance film science-fiction drama
1. We are going to the cinema to see a .
2. A is a play in a theatre or on television or radio, or plays and
actinggenerally.
3. There are always cowboys in a .
4. I love films. They’re very exciting.
5. Have you ever seen this ? It’s really funny.
6. Dracula is the best film I’ve ever seen.
7. My favourite films have beings from Mars.
8. I watched this last week. The singing and dancing are great.
9. The Lion King is an excellent film. I love cartoons.
10. He falls in love with a pretty girl. It’s a beautiful .

X. Read the conversation, and then answer the questions.


Susan: Sorry, guys, the Batman film’s sold out. Which film will we see instead?
Linda: How about this? It’s called Girl of my Dreams. It’s about a young man who dreamtabout a
perfect girl. The next day he went to the bookshop where he met a girl called Nina.
Nick: That’s a love story. No, thank you!
Paul: What about Journey into Space? It’s about some spacemen who go to Mars.
Linda: Mm. It doesn’t sound very exciting. Is there anything else on?
Susan: How about The Pyramid? It’s a horror film about a monster in an Egyptianpyramid which comes
alive.
Paul: OK, that’s better. Shall I get the tickets?
Susan: Yes, but let’s hurry. It’s half past five. The next performance starts in five minutes.
1. Which film do they want to see at first?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Why can’t they see it?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Which films do Linda, Paul, and Susan suggest that they see?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What types of film are they?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. Which film do they agree to see?
_______________________________________________________________________________
XI. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Pirates of the Caribbean
Captain Jack Sparrow is a pirate. He has a ship called the Black Pearl. One day, he goes to Jamaica,
where he sees a beautiful woman, Elizabeth. Then Jack meets Will, who loves Elizabeth too. Jack, Will, and
Elizabeth look for pirate treasure. The treasure is on the island Isla de Muerta. They must fight the pirate
Captain Barbarossa, who has the treasure. Captain Jack wins and they all go back to Jamaica. There,
Elizabeth tells Will that she loves him.
1. Is Captain Jack sparrow a pirate? What is the name of his ship?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Who loves Elizabeth? _____________________________________________________________
3. Who has the treasure? ____________________________________________________________
4. Who wins the treasure? ___________________________________________________________
5. Who does Elizabeth love? _________________________________________________________
XII. Read the film review, and then answer the questions.
A Kid in King Arthur’s Court is directed by Michael Gottlieb. The main character in the film is a
teenager called Calvin Fuller. Calvin is played by Thomas Ian Nicholas. This film is a modem retelling of
Mark Twain’s classic book Connecticut Yankee.

26
Calvin lives in California, USA. He is a very shy boy and he is not very goodat sports. At the beginning
of the film, Calvin is playing baseball when there is a terrible earthquake. A hole opens in the ground and
Calvin falls through it. He lands in the past, in the time of King Arthur.
Calvin meets King Arthur and Merlin, the wizard. King Arthur is played by Joss Ackland and Merlin is
played by Ron Moody. They think that Calvin is amazing because he plays them modem music on his CD
player and he shows them how to make rollerblades and a mountain bike. Calvin is trained to be a knight and
he becomes more confident. Calvin helps King Arthur to beat his enemy, Lord Belasco, and then Merlin
sends Calvin back to the future. Calvin finds himself back in the baseball game, but this time he wins the
game.
The special effects in A Kid in King Arthur's Court are very good. Michael Gottlieb is a great director
and the actors’ performances are good. The film is funny and exciting. It’s a comedy, a drama, and an action
film all in one.
1. What type is the film “A Kid in King Arthur ’s Court”?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Who is the main character? By whom is it played?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Who is the director of the film? Is he a good director?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What is Calvin doing when the earthquake happens?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. How can he land in the time of King Arthur?
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. Why do King Arthur and Merlin think that Calvin is amazing?
_______________________________________________________________________________
7. Who is Calvin trained to become?
_______________________________________________________________________________
8. What does Calvin do to help King Arthur?
_______________________________________________________________________________
9. How can Calvin come back to the present time?
_______________________________________________________________________________
10. How are the special effects in the film?
_______________________________________________________________________________
11. How are the actors’ performances?
_______________________________________________________________________________
12. What does the writer think about the film?
_______________________________________________________________________________
XIII. Read the film review, and decide whether the statements are true (T), or false (F), and tick the
correct box.
Have you ever read Alice In Wonderland, by Lewis Carol? I did and I really like it. It’s an adventure
story full of magic and danger. Yesterday I saw Tim Burton’s version of the film at the cinema.
This story is about Alice, who is now a teenager. A man wants to marry her, but she runs away and falls
downa rabbit hole. She travels to Wonderland, which she has visited before as a child, and meets a lot of
amazing characters on her adventures.
There are a lot of good special effects in the film. The Red Queen, played by Helena Bonham Carter, is
very scary, and Johnny Depp is brilliant as the Mad Hatter. He has acted in a lot of films before but this is
my favourite one. Mia Waslkowska is good as Alice; this is her first big film and I think she’s going to
become a big star!
Overall, I think this is a good film for teenagers, but it’s a bit long. You should see it if you like fantasy
and adventure, but don’t go if you like romances: it’s not a love story.
Charlie, Manchester, UK
True False
1. Wonderland was directed by Lewis Carol.  
2. The film is both an adventure story and a love story.  
3. Alice is still in her childhood.  
4. Alice has never been to Wonderland before.  
27
5. She meets a lot of amazing people in Wonderland.  
6. The special effects in the films are good.  
7. The Red Queen is very friendly.  
8. The Mad Hatter is played by Johnny Depp  
9. Johnny Depp played his first role in this film.  
10. The writer of the report thinks that the film is a good film for teenagers.  
XIV. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
My favourite actors
I like a lot of different actors, but my real favourites are Daniel Craig and Halle Berry.
Daniel Craig is British and he’s a really talented actor. He’s been in a lot of different kinds of films
including action adventure, science fiction, and romantic drama, but he always gives an excellent
performance. He was brilliant in Tomb Raider as Alex West, but my favourite film is Casino Royale.I think
Daniel Craig is a fantastic James Bond.
Halle Berry is American. She was a model, but then decided to become an actress. I like her because
she’s beautiful. She’s a good actress and I think she has a great sense of humour. I’m not keen on some of
her films, such as Catwoman,but her other films are excellent. My favourite is X-Men which is a science
fiction film. She plays the main character Storm, who has the ability to change the weather.
Daniel Craig and Halle Berry are both entertaining and talented actors. I love watching their films.
Nick, London, UK
1. What are Nick’s favourite actors?
________________________________________________________________________
2. Where does Daniel Craig come from?
________________________________________________________________________
3. What kinds of films has he played?
________________________________________________________________________
4. What is his role in Tomb Raider?
________________________________________________________________________
5. What Daniel Craig’s film does Nick like best? Why?
________________________________________________________________________
6. Where does Halle Berry come from?
________________________________________________________________________
7. What was her job before she became an actress?
________________________________________________________________________
8. Why does Nick like Halle Berry?
________________________________________________________________________
9. What Halle Berry’s film does Nick like best?
________________________________________________________________________
10. What is her role in that film?
________________________________________________________________________
XV. Rewrite the sentences, using the words in the brackets. Change other words in the sentence if
necessary.
1. The new restaurant looks good. It seems to have few customers. (however)
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. We had planned to walk right round the lake. The heavy rain made this impossible. (although)
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. I’ve been too busy to answer my email. I’ll do it soon. (nevertheless)
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. Mary was sick. She didn’t leave the meeting until it ended. (despite)
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. We live in the same sweet. We rarely see each other, (in spite of)
_______________________________________________________________________________
XVI. Rewrite the sentences, using the words in the brackets. Change other words in the sentence if
necessary.
1. I couldn’t sleep. I was tired. (in spite of)
_______________________________________________________________________________
28
2. They have little money. They are happy. (despite)
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. My foot was hurt. I managed to walk to the nearest village. (although)
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. We planned to visit Petronas in the afternoon. We could not afford the fee. (however)
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. I got very wet in the rain. I had an umbrella. (although)

UNIT 9. FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD


A. VOCABULARY

1. festival (n) /'festɪvl/: lễ hội


2. fascinating (adj) /'fæsɪneɪtɪŋ/: thú vị, hấp dẫn
3. religious (adj) /rɪˈlɪdʒəs/: thuộc về tôn giáo
4. celebrate (v) /'selɪbreɪt/: tổ chức lễ
5. camp (n,v) /Kæmp/: trại,cắm trại
6. thanksgiving (n) /'θæŋksgɪvɪŋ/: lễ tạ ơn
7. stuffing (n) /'stʌfɪŋ/: nhân nhồi (vào gà)
8. feast (n ) /fi:st/: bữa tiệc
9. turkey (n) /'tə:ki/: gà tây
10. gravy (n) /'ɡreɪvi/: nước xốt
11. cranberry (n) /'kranb(ə)ri/: quả nam việt quất
12. seasonal (adj) /'si:zənl/: thuộc về mùa
13. steep (adj) /sti:p/: dốc
B. GRAMMAR
I. H/Wh-questions
Trong Tiếng Anh, khi chúng ta cần hỏi rõ ràng và cần có câu trả lời cụ thể, ta dùng câu hỏi với các từ để hỏi.
Loại câu này còn được gọi là câu hỏi trực tiếp (direct questions).
1. Các từ để hỏi trong Tiếng Anh
Who (Ai) (Chức năng Whom (Ai)(Chức năng What (cái gì) Whose (Của ai)
chủ ngữ) tân ngữ)
Where (Ở đâu) Which (Cái nào) (Hỏi về When (Khi nào) Why (Tại sao)
sự lựa chọn)
How (Thế nào) How much (Bao nhiêu, How many (Bao nhiêu, How long (Bao lâu)
giá tiền, số lượng) số lượng)
How far (Bao xa) How old (Bao nhiêu tuổi) How often (Thường What time (Mấy giờ)
xuyên thế nào)
2. Các cấu trúc câu hỏi WH thường gặp
a. Nguyên tắc đặt câu hỏi
- Nếu chưa có trợ động từ thì phải mượn trợ động từ: do/ does/ did
- Nếu trợ động từ sẵn có (am/ is/ are/ can/ will/ shall/ could/ would) thì đảo chúng ra trước chủ ngữ, không
mượn do/ does/ did nữa.
b. Cấu trúc thông thường của loại câu hỏi Wh – questions
Từ để hỏi thường được viết ở đầu câu hỏi. từ để hỏi có thể làm tân ngữ (O), bổ ngữ (C) hoặc chủ ngữ (S).
Dạng Cấu trúc Chú ý
Dạng Wh – work + auxiliary + S + V + (object)? - Object là danh từ, đại từ đứng
1: Ví dụ: sau động từ hoặc giới từ.
Câu - Where do you live?
hỏi - What are you doing?
tân - Whom do you meet this morning?
29
ngữ - Who are you going with?

Dạng Wh-word + to be + S + Complement? - Complement là danh từ hoặc


2: Ví dụ: tính từ
Câu - Where is John? - động từ be chia theo chủ ngữ
hỏi - Who are you?
bổ - Whose is this umbrella?
ngữ - Who is the head of your school?
Dạng Wh-word + V + object? - Động từ chính luôn được chia
3: Ví dụ: theo ngôi thứ ba số ít
Câu - Who lives in London with Daisy?
hỏi - Who teaches you English?
chủ - Who is opening the door?
ngữ - Which is better?
- What caused the accident?

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 1. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. ……..time is the fireworks set off?
A. what B. when C. how D. where
2.. …….did you learn Japanese? Because I love Japanese culture.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
3. …….did you learn Japanese? I learned from radio programs.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
4. ……helped you find your keys? My friend.
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
5. ……..did you find your keys?A few minutes ago.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
6. …..is the tallest person in your family?
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
7. …..essay got the highest score? It’s Jim’s
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
8. …..is it from your house to the festivals’venue?
A. How far B. How long C. How often D. How many
9. ….people are there in your company?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
10. …….is this table made of? It’s made of wood.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
11. ………have you lived here?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
12. ……..do you visit your grandmother? Every weekend
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
13. ……..does this computer cost?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
14. ……..did you begin teaching here?
A. how long B. when C. where D. how much
15. …….did you use to go to school? I used to walk to school.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
16. …….does your father do? He’s an architect.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
17………don’t we go camping this weekend?
A. when B. why C. what D. how
18. …….milk do you need? 2 litres
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much

30
19. …..will how decorate your living room? I will decorate it with flowers.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
20. ……dress do you like? I like the blue one.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
Bài 2. Dựa vào câu trả lời, chọn từ để hỏi thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
1. ………did you arrive at the train station? 5 o’clock
2. ……..have you learned Japanese? 3 months.
3. ………do you often go to bed? About 11p.m.
4. ……..do you prefer to study – Math or Literature? I prefer Math.
5. ……..are you doing? I’m playing with my brother.
6. …….do you prefer – soda or juice? I prefer soda.
7. ……is the shop closed? It’s closed before 4:30.
8. ……..is the most intelligent student in your class? Tom.
9. …..does your new dress cost? It costs 30$.
10. ………time is it? 6 o’clock.
11. …….is the festival held in your country? Every three years.
12. …….didn’t you come to the party? Because I was too busy.
13. …….about a picnic in the part? It’s a good idea.
14. ……do you clean your room? Twice a week.
15. ………is your cat? It’s sleeping in my room.
16. …..are you going to France? This summer.
17. ……does your mother go to work? She goes by bus.
18. ……students are there in your school? More than 500 students.
19. …….will take you the airport tomorrow? My parents
20. ……..notebook is it? It’s mine
Bài 3. Đặt câu hỏi cho cụm từ gạch chân
0. I get up at 6 o’clock.
When do you get up?
1. My grandparents brought me up in a small town.
………………………………………………………….
2. Jim was born on May 20, 2001
……………………………………….
3. Peter rarely goes to the beach.
……………………………………………………….
4. Jane’s sister is going to Venice by plane.
…………………………………………………………..
5. This new radio costs 80 dollars.
……………………………………………….
6. Jim went to Korea to learn about this country’s culture.
……………………………………………..
7. It’s about 600 metres from Ann’s apartment to the supermarket.
…………………………………………………….
8. My father has worked in his company for 10 years.
…………………………………………………….
9. The Rio Carnival takes place in Rio de Janeiro – Brazil.
…………………………………………………..
10. I bought Mary this dress because tomorrow is her birthday.
………………………………………………………………….
Bài 4. Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.
A B
1. When was your suitcase found? a. It will happen this weekend.
2. By whom was your suitcase found? b. It’s about 2 kilometres
3. When will the prom happen? c. It’s 30 centimetres
4. Where will the prom happen? d. It’s hers

31
5. How far is it from my house to yours? e. It was found yesterday.
6. How long is your ruler? f. The organizers haven’t decided the venue yet.
7. Whose umbrella is it? g. Occasionally
8. How often do you go to the cinema? h. By the police.

1- ………. 2. ………… 3…….. 4. ………


5. ………. 6. …………. 7. …….. 8. ……….
Bài 5. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu dưới đây và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. How do you often water these flowers? Twice a week.
………………………………………………………………….
2. How long is it from here to the town hall?
………………………………………………………………….
3. When does the bank is closed?
………………………………………………………………….
4. How many money did you borrow from Jim?
………………………………………………………………….
5. What you will do tonight?
………………………………………………………………….
6. What does your mother do to work? By car.
………………………………………………………………….
7. Why about taking a boat trip along the river?
………………………………………………………………….
8. Who hat are you wearing? It’s my brother’s.
………………………………………………………………….
9. How long did you start playing the violin?
………………………………………………………………….
10. Which ice – cream did you used to like the most?
………………………………………………………………….
II. Cụm trạng từ (Adverbial Phrases)
1. Định nghĩa
Định nghĩa Cụm trạng từ là cụm gồm hai hoặc nhiều từ đóng vai trò như một trạng từ, nó cung cấp
thêm thông tin về thời gian, địa điểm, cách thức….của hành động.
Cấu tạo Cụm động từ được cấu tạo bởi các danh từ, giới từ hoặc động từ nguyên thể.
Ví dụ - The festival was held in my country last year.
(Lễ hội đã được tổ chức ở nước tôi vào năm ngoái)
- In Vietnam, spring is the season of festivals.
(Ở Việt Nam, mùa xuân là mùa của những lễ hội)
2. Các loại cụm trạng từ thông dụng
Cụm trạng từ Định nghĩa Ví dụ
Cụm trạng từ Là một nhóm các từ diễn tả thời - La Tomatina takes place in August.
chỉ thời gian điểm diễn ra sự việc nào đó và (Lễ hội cà chua diễn ra vào tháng 8)
dùng để trả lời cho câu hỏi - The festival of the Sun is held on June 24th.
“when ?” (khi nào?) (Lễ hội mặt trời được tổ chức vào ngày 24 tháng 6.)
Cụm trạng từ Là một nhóm các từ diễn tả hành - The festival is celebrate in Peru.
chỉ nơi chốn động diễn ra ở nơi nào, ở đâu (Lễ hội được kỉ niệm ở Peru)
hoặc gần xa thế nào và dùng để - My books are bought in the bookstores.
trả lời cho câu hỏi “Where?” (Ở ( Các cuốn sách của tôi được mua trong các hiệu
đâu?) sách)
Cụm trạng từ Là một nhóm các từ diễn tả tần - The festival takes place every year.
chỉ tần suất suất hành động diễn ra bao lâu (Lễ hội diễn ra hằng năm.)
một lần và dùng để trả lời cho - I go to the music festival almost every summer.
câu hỏi “How often?)(Thường (Tôi đi tới lễ hội âm nhạc gần như mỗi mùa hè)
xuyên như thế nào?)
Cụm trạng từ Là một nhóm các từ diễn tả lý do - People attend the festival for fun.
32
chỉ lí do, mục tại sao hành động được thể hiện (Mọi người tham gia lễ hội cho vui.)
đích và dùng để trả lời cho câu hỏi - A lot of people go to Cusco, Peru to attend the
(Why?) (Tại sao?) festival.
(Nhiều người đi tới Cusco, Peru để tham dự lễ hội)
Cụm trạng từ Là một nhóm các từ diễn tả cách - People celebrate it is in a special way.
chỉ cách thức thức một hành động được thực (Mọi người làm lễ kỉ niệm theo cách đặc biệt.)
hiện ra sao và dùng để trả lời - People celebrate it with street fairs and live music.
cho câu hỏi ‘How” (Như thế (Mọi người làm lễ kỉ niệm với các buổi hội chợ
nào?) đường phố và nhạc sống.)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 6. Khoanh tròn vào chữ cái đặt dưới cụm trạng từ trong các câu sau.
1. St Patrick’s Day takes placeon March 17th.
2. Spring came late this year.
3. Once a year, my father helps me paint my room.
4. In Vietnam, Mid-Autumn festival is the second-most important festival.
5. They often go out and have dinnerin expensive restaurants.
6. February is the month of festivals in Vietnam.
7. Sai Gon city was renamed Ho Chi Minh Citymany years ago.
8. The construction of this building started in 1997 and finished in 2000.
9. I have used this computersince 2007.
Bài 7. Chỉ ra các cụm trạng từ được gạch chân trong các câu dưới đây thuộc lại trạng từ gì (thời gian,
nơi chốn, tần suất, lý do, cách thức) bằng cách viết từ để hỏi tương ứng (when, where, how often, why,
how) vào chỗ trống bên cạnh.
1. The teacher took us to the museum yesterday.
2. We went to the museum to learn and have fun together.
3. We visit the museum every year.
4. Last year, our family traveled to Sapa by coach.
5. There were many wonderful things in Sapa.
6. Tom wrote me a letter to apologize for what he said.
7. During summer, I spend most of my time reading.
8. I can find everything I need in the supermarket.
9. My father helped me by giving me useful advice.
10. I visit my grandparents in America every two years.

Bài 8. Gạch chân dưới các cụm trạng từ trong các câu dưới đây.
1. Vietnamese festivals often take place in spring.
2. My brother fixed his bicycle yesterday.
3. I went to Japan last year.
4. Jim goes to school by bus every day.
5. I went to the library yesterday to borrow some books.
6. Jane will wait for me at the bus stop.
7. The plane takes off at 4a.m.tomorrow.
8. There aren’t many festivals in winter.
9. I will do it in a minute.
10. This festival is held every two years.
11. the couple celebrated their 10th wedding anniversary in a luxury restaurant.
12. I need to hand in the report to my teacher before 5p.m. today
13. He would always talk with a nationalistic tone.
14. My brother is preparing some traditional dishes in the kitchen.
15. The room is decorated with flowers and balloons.
Bài 9. Đặt những cụm trạng từ cho sẵn vào các câu dưới đây sao cho thích hợp.
To visit my parents For 4 months For relaxation Last year
In Thailand With flowers Every two weeks In winter months
33
1. Sue has worked in this software company……………………………….
2. My husband and I go fishing………..
3. I hope I have the chance to join in the Water festival…………………
4. ……………………….., many people want to go ice – skating.
5. ……………………, I traveled to france to take part in the Cannes Film Festival.
6. This summer, I will come back to my hometown……………………..
7. I often decorate my living room…………………………..
8. Once or twice a week, I go cycling to the outskirts of the city……………….
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 10. Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. Which festival/ you/ interested in?/ - I/ interested in / the Rio Carnival.
………………………………………………………………….
2. Where/ Jim/ buy/ the cake yesterday? – He/ buy/ it/ in/ the local bakery
………………………………………………………………….
3. Where/ James/ spend/ his last summer? – He/ spend/ his last summer/ Korea.
………………………………………………………………….
4. Who/ visit/ by Jim and Jane/ yesterday? – Tom/ visit/ by Jim and Jane/ yesterday.
………………………………………………………………….
5. How long/ David/ collect/ stamps? – He/ collect/ stamps/ 3 years.
………………………………………………………………….
6. When/ the festival/ hold? – It/ hold/ in spring.
………………………………………………………………….
7. Why/ you/ skip/ classes yesterday? Because/ I / be/ ill.
………………………………………………………………….
8. How much/ apple juice/ you/ buy/ yesterday? – I/ buy/ 2 litres/ apple juice.
………………………………………………………………….
Bài 11. Gạch chân những cụm trạng từ trong các câu dưới đây rồi đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân.
0. I went to Kyoto last year.
When did you go to Kyoto?
1. I’ve decided to do some part - time jobs to gain hands – on experience.
………………………………………………………………….
2. All the goods are delivered by ferry.
………………………………………………………………….
3. Diwali (or the Festival of Lights) is celebrated in India.
………………………………………………………………….
4. The locals hold the festival twice a year.
………………………………………………………………….
5. The Mid – Autumn festival is held on the 15th day of the 8th month of the lunar calendar.
………………………………………………………………….
6. The couple celebrated their wedding anniversary with red wine.
………………………………………………………………….
7. My school holds a learning festival for educational purposes.
………………………………………………………………….
8. The White Nights Festival happens during the season of the midnight sun.
………………………………………………………………….
Bài 12. Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. feed/ if/ are/ you/ home/ away/ will/ Who/ pets/ your/ you?
………………………………………………………………….
2. use/when/ kid/ a/ to/ did/ play/ What/ you/ were/ you?
………………………………………………………………….
3. this/ was/ When/ building/ constructed?
………………………………………………………………….
4. we/ don’t/ out/ some/ for/ Why/ fresh/ go/ air?
………………………………………………………………….

34
5. Mr. Smith/ has/ to/ city/ the/ moved/ long/ How?
………………………………………………………………….
6. accept/ will/ offer/ Which/ job/ you?
………………………………………………………………….
7. father/ sports/ does/ often/ play/ How/ your?
………………………………………………………………….
8. you/ did/ your/ on/ much/ spend/ How/ vacation?
………………………………………………………………….

C.EXERCISES

TEST 1 UNIT 9
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part
1. A. those B. they C. than D. Thanksgiving
2. A. cranberry B. lantern C. gather D. apricot
3. A. abundant B. travelling C. character D. biogas
4. A. diverse B. drive C. invention D. crime
5. A. designs B. sails C. pedals D. pollutes
6. A. perform B. end C. festival D. elephant
7. A. cake B. celebrate C. racing D. candle
8. A. desert B. held C. prefer D. celebrate
II. Choose the correct option for each gap in the sentences.
1. La Tomatina is a seasonal to celebrate the tomato harvest.
A. celebration B. parade C. festival D. game
2. do you like about La Tomatina?
A. What B. Which C. When D. Why
3. Do you anything about music festival called Burning Man?
A. like B. know C. understand D. have
4. do people do at Burning Festival?
A. Why B. Which C. What D. How
5. often is Burning Festival held? - It’s held every year.
A. Which B. When C. What D. How
6. does the teacher say La Tomatina sounds unusual?
A. What B. When C. Why D. How
7. festival do you choose? - I choose Elephant Race Festival.
A. What B. How C. Which D. When
8. He thinks elephants are animals.
A. fascinated B. fascinating C. fascinates D. fascinate
9. It must be amazing elephants racing.
A. see B. to see C. seeing D. saw
10. La Tomatina is in Spain, in a small town.
A. holds B. holdC. holding D. held
III. Find the opposite meaning words.
1. cheap ________________ 6. far ________________
2. difficult ________________ 7. careful ________________
3. happy ________________ 8. old ________________
4. good ________________ 9. similar ________________
5. noisy ________________ 10. interviewer ________________
IV. Read the passage then answer the questions below.
Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen
Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year to
year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their
houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up
to midnight to see New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season.

35
Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act
during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and
smile as much as possible.
1. What is Vietnam’s New Year known as?
______________________________________________________________________
2. Is Tet celebrated according to the Lunar calendar?
______________________________________________________________________
3. When does the Lunar New Year begin?
______________________________________________________________________
4. What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?
______________________________________________________________________
5. Do people sit up to midnight on the New Year’s Eve?
______________________________________________________________________
6. Does Tet last five days?
______________________________________________________________________
7. Why are the first three days the most important?
______________________________________________________________________
V. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words.
Two of the most (1) holidays in the United States are Independence Day and Thanksgiving Day. The
fourth of July marks the American (2) of independence from Britain. Most towns, big or small, celebrate
the fourth of July with (3) and fireworks. Families (4) with barbecues or picnics. Thanksgiving
Day is celebrated in fall, on the fourth Thursday in November. It is a day (5) people give thanks to
the harvest. Most families (6) a large dinner with roast turkey. (7) Independence Day and
Thanksgiving Day are national (8) .
VI. Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.
Yesterday, Carlos went (1) La Tomatina. The festival is held on the last Wednesday of August every
year in Buñol, Spain. (2) were thousands of people there. In the morning, many people tried (3)
up the pole to get the ham. At 11 a.m., they (4) a jet from the water cannons and the chaos began.
Bags of tomatoes from trucks were (5) to the crowds, and they began throwing tomatoes at one another.
They all had to wear goggle (6) their eyes.
After one hour, they saw another jet and stopped (7) . The whole town square (8) red
with rivers of tomato juice. Finally, they tried tomato Paella, (9) Spanish rice dish. Together with local
people and tourists, they enjoyed the (10) food and drink.
1. A. at B. in C. to D. from
2. A. There B. They C. That D. This
3. A. climb B. climbed C. climbing D. to climb
4. A. saw B. see C. seen D. seeing
5. A. thrown B. threw C. throw D. throwing
6. A. protecting B. to protect C. protected D. protect
7. A. to throw B. throw C. throwing D. thrown
8. A. were B. are C. was D. is
9. A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalize
10. A. badly B. better C. well D. good
VII. Read the text and fill in the blank with suitable words. Use the words in the box.
such favourite beautiful and
went festivals by in
Last summer holiday my family (1) back to the UK and we went to a music festival on the Isle
of Wight. It is one of the most famous music (2) in our country, which takes place every
June. When we got there, I was impressed (3) the huge number of people. You know about sixty
thousand people went to the event. We didn’t stay at a hotel but put up a tent (4) the camp site. It was
lots of fun. We listened to a lot of songs by many bands (5) as The Killers and The Stone Roses. Guess
what? We met Jon Bon Jovi! He’s my dad’s (6) singer. He and his band stirred up the crowd in
nearly three hours with the hit songs. We also went to the Bohemian Woods, a (7) woodland down by

36
the river. There we enjoyed a mix of good music from around the world (8) escaped the busy and
noisy festival for a white.
VIII. Read the text and answer the questions.
VALENTINE’S DAY AROUND THE WORLD
Italy
There is custom in Italy for young couples to get engaged on Valentine’s Day. Some shops sell baskets and
cups which are filled with sweets and tied with ribbons. The young lovers offer these to each other as a sign of
their love.
Korea
On February 14th many young women give sweets to their boyfriends, and on March 14 th their boyfriends
buy them chocolate. However, the young who do not have a girlfriend or boyfriend can celebrate their own day
on April 14th. On this special day, called “Black Day”, these young people sit with their friends, who are in the
same situation, and eat jajang noodles, which are black. This ensures that everyone has a day to celebrate.
United State of America
Most people in the USA take Valentine’s Day as an opportunity to express their feelings towards their loved
one or to offer the hand of friendship to others. However, it is popular on these days to send an “anti-valentine”
card. These cards either have an insulting message (to person you hate) or say goodbye (to your current
partner). If you receive a card with the message C-Ya! (See you), it means your boyfriend or girlfriend wants to
end your relationship.
1. What do Italians give for their lovers on Valentine’s Day?
..........................................................................................................................................
2. What is April 14th called in Korea?
..........................................................................................................................................
3. What do young Koreans who do not have a boyfriend or girlfriend do on April 14th?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
4. What is popular for Americans on Valentine’ Day?
..........................................................................................................................................
IX. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that the best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Brazil’s most popular and festive holiday is Carnival. In fact, many people (1) Carnival one of the
world’s biggest celebrations. Each spring, on the Saturday before Ash Wednesday, the streets of Brazil’s largest
city, Rio de Janeiro, come alive (2) parties, festivals and glamorous dances.
The Samba School Parade is the highlight of the (3) event. About 3000 performers, in colourful
costumes embellished with feathers, beads and thousands of sequin dance down the parade route into the
Sambadrome - a dance stadium (4) for the event. Judges award a (5) to the most
spectacular group of dancers.
1. A. believe B. regard C. consider D. hope
2. A. with B. in C. of D. at
3. A. four days B. four-day C. fouth day D. four-days
4. A. built B. build C. to build D. building
5. A. result B. price C. respect D. prize

X. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.
1. The people watched the game. None of them will ever forget it.
A. None of the people that watched the game will ever forget it
B. The people watched the game none of whom will ever forget it
C. Nobody that watched the game will ever forget it
D. Both A and C are correct.
2. Quang is very good at drawing. His father is a famous painter.
A. Quang whose father is a famous painter is very good at drawing.
B. Quang, whose father is a famous painter is very good at drawing.
C. Quang, whose father is a famous painter, is very good at drawing.
D. Quang’s father, who is a famous painter, is very good at drawing.
3. That’s the man. I told you about him yesterday.
37
A. That’s the man about whom I told you yesterday.
B. That’s the man whom I told you yesterday.
C. That’s the man about that I told you yesterday.
D. That’s the man I told you yesterday.
4. He drives more carelessly than he used to.
A. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does.
5. No one in our club can speak English as fluently as Mai.
A. Mai speaks English more fluently than no one in our club.
B. Mai is the worst English speaker in our club.
C. Mai speaks English as fluently as other people in our club.
D. Mai speaks English the most fluently in our club.
6. The sooner you stop smoking cigarettes the better you’ll feel.
A. As soon as you feel better, you’ll try to stop smoking.
B. You feel so much better since he stopped smoking.
C. Though you feel better, you still smoke.
D. When you stop smoking, you’ll begin to feel better.
7. No one in the class is taller than Dave.
A. Dave is taller student in the class.
B. Dave is the tallest student in the class.
C. Dave is the taller student in the class.
D. Dave is tallest student in the class.
8. The crowd became increasingly angry at the long delay.
A. The crowd became very angry because the delay was so long.
B. The longer the delay was, the angrier the crowd became.
C. The more increasingly the crowd became, the longer the delay was.
D. The more the crowd became angry at the delay, the longer they feel.
9. In spite of all our efforts, we failed in the final match.
A. Although we tried very hard, we failed in the final match.
B. We made all our efforts so that we could gain success in the final match.
C. Whatever efforts we had made, we weren’t able to win in the final match.
D. We failed in the final match as a result of all our great efforts.
10. Although old-age pensions have risen considerably, they haven’t kept pace with the cost of living.
A. The cost of living is so high that they couldn’t keep with it.
B. Despite the fact that old-age pensions have risen considerably, the cost of living isn’t going down.
C. Old-age pensions may have risen considerably, but they haven’t kept pace with the cost of living.
D. The cost of living hasn’t been kept with no matter how high the old-age pensions are.
XI. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the first.
1. It’s very likely that the company will accept his application.
A. The company needs accept his application.
B. The company must accept his application.
C. The company might/ may accept his application.
D. The company should accept his application.
2. Every student is required to write an essay on the topic.
A. Every student might write an essay on the topic.
B. Every student must write an essay on the topic.
C. They require every student write an essay on the topic.
D. Every student should write an essay on the topic.
3. It isn’t necessary for us to get a visa for Singapore.
A. We needn’t get a visa for Singapore.
B. We mustn’t get a visa for Singapore.
C. We mayn’t get a visa for Singapore.

38
D. We shouldn’t get a visa for Singapore.
4. The girl just said hello. She is Tom’s youngest sister.
A. The girl who just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
B. The girl saying hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
C. The girl just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
D. The girl, who just said hello, is Tom’s youngest sister.
5. I’m waiting for the bus. It is late.
A. The bus which I’m waiting is late.
B. The bus whom I’m waiting for is late.
C. The bus for that I’m waiting is late.
D. The bus I’m waiting for is late.
6. This house was built years ago. It is still in very good shape.
A. This house, which built years ago, is still in very good shape.
B. This house, built years ago, is still in very good shape.
C. This house, building years ago, is still in very good shape.
D. This house, which was built years ago is still in very good shape.
7. Despite his inexperience in the field, John applied for the job.
A. John was unable to do the job because he was inexperienced.
B. John applied for the job because he has experience in the field.
C. John did not apply for the job because of his inexperience in the field.
D. John applied for the job even though he has no experience in the field.
8. In spite of heavy rain, my brother went to work.
A. In spite it rained heavily, my brother went to work.
B. Although it rained heavily, my brother went to work.
C. Despite it rained heavily, my brother went to work.
D. Although of heavy rain, my brother went to work.
XII. Put question for the underlined part of each sentence:
1. Sarah left two hours ago.
............................................................................................................
2. She is watching Tom and Terry.
............................................................................................................
3. She likes watching comedy.
............................................................................................................
4. I felt terrified before my last Maths test.
............................................................................................................
5. She felt entertained when she watched a gripping film.
............................................................................................................
6. It is 10 kilometers from here to ACB bank.
............................................................................................................
7. I have known Marie for nine years.
............................................................................................................
8. Yes, they used to be friends at the university.
............................................................................................................
TEST 2 UNIT 9
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. manner B. tourist C. machine D. action
2. A. reward B. country C. samba D. music
3. A. costume B. canoe C. highlight D. season
4. A. pavement B. review C. concert D. samba
5. A. famous B. asleep C. pretty D. careful
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. festival B.end C.elephant D. perform
2. A. celebrate B. candle C. cake D. racing
3. A. prefer B. desert C. held D. celebrate
4. A.Thanksgiving B.they C.than D.those
39
5. A.apricot B. lantern C. gather D. cranberry
III. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. diverse B. serious C. special D. local
2. A. open B. affect C. direct D. renew
3. A. attend B. happen C. succeed D. replace
4. A. order B. receive C. perform D. rehearse
5. A. combine B. invite C. circle D. Discuss
IV. Choose the correct answer.
1. People of minorities in Phu Yen celebrate Hoi Mua Festival every March.
A. native B. local C. ethnic D. village
2. The atmosphere is felt around all the villages.
A. festive B. festival C. air D. tradition
3. A lot of cultural and activities are held as part of the Flower Festival in Da Lat.
A. arts B. artist C. artistic D. art
4. Diwali, the Hindu Festival of Light, is the holiday of the year in India.
A. more important B. most important C. importance D. Most importance
5. The Academy Awards, commonly as The Oscars, are the most famous film awards in the
world.
A. know B. knew C. known D. be known
6. It is to see elephants racing in the Elephant Race Festival in Dak Lak.
A. amaze B. amazing C. amazed D. amazement
7. La Tomatina is a festival to celebrate the tomato harvest.
A. season B. seasonal C. year D. annually
8. People put pumpkin outside the homes during Halloween.
A. lanterns B. lights C. neon signs D. bulbs
9. Everyone has gone to the festival.
A. music B. musical C. musicians D. musician
10. The of the Rio Carnival is the Samba Parade.
A. importance B. highlight C. best D. performance
11. The Elephant Race Festival in Dak Lak is a race between elephants that are ridden by their
.
A. own B. owning C. owner D. owners
12. The Samba Parade in Rio Carnival has thousands of samba from various samba schools.
A. perform B. performance C. performer D. performers
13. People in Cannes take the Cannes Film Festival a very serious way.
A. in B. at C. on D. with
14. The biggest prize of the Cannes Film Festival is the Palme d’Or, which is given the best film.
A. of B. to C. with D. for
15. The festival every year at the end of August.
A. takes B. takes place C. occur D. held
16. La Tomatina on the last Wednesday of August every year.
A. hold B. held C. is held D. be held
17. Villagers voluntarily contribute money and other things to the festival.
A. open B. celebrate C. remember D. set
18. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janciro to the Rio Carnival.
A. play B. take C. attend D. follow
19. In La Tomatina, people get to throw tomatoes at .
A. themselves B. once C. togetherD. each other
20. Which do you think are festivals?
A. season B. harvester C. artistic D. music
V. Fill each blank in the following sentences with a word from the box.
attractions colorful decorating society lantern
considered superstition canals holiday traditionally
1. Diwali is India’s biggest and most important of the year.
40
2. Halloween has always been a holiday with mystery, magic and .
3. Chinese New Year ends with a festival.
4. he number of in Da Lat is increasing.
5. India was an agricultural where people would seek the divine blessing of
Lakshmi, the Goddess of Wealth.
6. The Carnival in Rio de Janeiro is a world famous festival and the biggest
carnival in the world with 2 million people per day on the streets.
7. , the festival also marked the end of harvest, and parents who had been hard at work in
the fields enjoyed spending extra time with their children.
8. The children wear mask and dance in the streets with star lanterns that are
illuminated by candles.
9. During the Carnival of Venice, the are full of colorful boats.
10. Every year, in Harbin Ice and Snow Festival people build incredible things out of ice and snow,
them with lights and lasers.
VI. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. There were lively New Year all over the town. (celebrate)
2. The hall looked very with its Christmas tree. (festival)
3. There are many differences between the two communities. (culture)
4. She gave a wonderful as the Iron Lady – the former British Prime
Minister Margaret Thatcher. (perform)
5. When we heard she’d got the job, we all went off for a drink.
(celebrate)
6. What forms of do you participate in during the festival? (entertain)
7. The Chinese New Year marks the of spring and the start of the Lunar New
Year. (begin)
8. Her eyes were wide with when she heard the news. (excite)
9. Street are decorated with lights and red banners. (colour)
10. It is in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. (tradition)
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Two of the most important holidays in the United States are Independence Day and Thanksgiving Day.
The fourth of July marks the American declaration of independence from Britain. Most towns, big or small,
celebrate the fourth of July with parades and fireworks. Families (1) with barbecues or picnics.
Thanksgiving Day is celebrated in fall, on the fourth Thursday in November. It is a day (2) people give
thanks to the harvest. Most families (3) a large dinner with roast turkey. (4) Independence Day
and Thanksgiving Day are national (5) .
1. A. celebrating B. celebration C. celebrate D. celebrated
2. A. where B. when C. which D. in which
3. A. have B. buy C. help D. take
4. A. Besides B. Both C. Either D. Nor
5. A. chances B.
months C.
holidays D. times
VIII. Fill in each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word from the box.
ones enjoy rises by
are as according numbers

Among the festivals celebrated (1) some of Asian people is the Moon Cake Festival, also
known (2) the Mid-August Festival. Large (3) of small round moon cakes (4) eaten

41
on this day, and children (5) carrying colourful paper lanterns come in all shapes; the more
popular (6) are shaped like fish, rabbits, and butterflies. (7) to the moon shines brightest on the
night of the Moon Cake Festival. As the moon (8) , tables are placed outside the house and
women make offerings of fruit and moon cakes to the Moon Goddess.
IX. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), false (F). or not
mentioned (NM).
Las Fallas Festival in Valencia, Spain is a week-long festival with music, and a lot of fireworks. Fallas
are big sculptures made of wood and paper. People burn them at the end of the festival. The festival takes
place on 15-19 March every year.
David and Marta, two teenagers from Valencia, are talking about the preparations for the festival of Las
Fallas.
David: The tradition of Las Fallas started when carpenters burned their old wood at the end of winter to
celebrate spring. Now, big groups of neighbours usually make a falla together. They can take about a year to
make! My brother is an artist and he designed our falla. He’s worried because he hasn’t finished and it has to
be ready next week!
Marta: I live in a village near Valencia but I come and stay with my grandmother for Las Fallas.
There’s music, dacing and lines of people walking in the streets. It’s very noisy festival and it goes on all
day and all night for a week. A lot of people wear beautiful, traditional costumes and they make foods in the
streets. It’s always great fun. This year is going to be the best. I’m really excited!
T F NM
1. The Las Fallas festival is at the beginning of March.   
2. It takes place in Valencia, Spain.   
3. People make the falla with their friends.   
4. People make the falla in one week.   
5. The festival takes place outside in the street.   
6. People spend a lot of money on fireworks, fallas, customers.   
7. One problem with the festival is the noise from the fireworks.   
8. The festival often brings a lot of fun.   
9. A lot of tourist go to the festival.   
10. People burn fallas at the end of the festival.   
X. Read the text carefully, and then answer the questions.
Day of the Dead – Mexico
Day of the Dead is celebrated on November 1 in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala and other parts of Central
or South America. Families gather to pray to the souls of dead relatives, asking them to return for one night.
People decorate altars in their homes and graveyards with food , candles, candy skulls and marigolds to
welcome the souls back to Earth. Skeletons are displayed throughout cities, and people dressed as skeletons
parade through the streets. Pan de los muertos (bread of the dead) is baked in the shape of skulls and
crossbones, and a toy is hidden inside each loaf. The person who bites into the toy is said to have good luck.
Day of the Dead is a time to celebrate and remember the lives of dead family members.
1. Where and When is the Day of the Dead celebrated?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. What do families gather to pray for?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. What do people do to welcome the souls back to Earth?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. What is the custom with Pan de los muertos (bread of the dead)?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. What is the purpose of the Day of the Dead?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XI. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
A Hindu festival: Diwali
The festival of Diwali is one of the most important religious festivals in India. It lasts for five days
around the end of October. It is the festival of Lakshmi, the Goddess who, in the Hindu religion, bring peace
and prosperity.

42
Preparations for the festival begin several weeks before the festival. People clean and decorate their
homes, prepare special food and buy new clothes and jewelry to welcome the Goddess in their homes. All
over India, people light up their homes with oil lamps and colourful lights.
The celebrations take place on the darkest night of the lunar month, Amavasya. In the evening,
fireworks fill the sky to make Diwali a true “Festival of Light”.
1. In which country is Diwali celebrated?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. How long is the festival of Diwali?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Which Goddess is it the festival of?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. What do people do to prepare for the festival?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Why is Diwali called ‘Festival of Light’?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XII. Read the text carefully, and then answer the question.
Holi – India
Holi is a spring festival also known as the festival of colors. It is an ancient Hindu religious festival
which start with a Holika bonfire on the night before Holi where people gather, sing and dance. The next
morning is free for all carnival of colour, where everyone plays, chases and colors each other with dry
powder and colored water, with some carrying water guns and colored water-filled balloons for their water
fight. Children and youth spray coloured powder on each other’s face. Visitors to homes are first teased with
colours, then served with Holi delicacies, desserts and drinks. After playing with colours, and cleaning up,
people bathe, put on clean clothes, visit friends and family.
1. What is the festival Holi in India?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. What does Holi start with?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. What do people often o on the second day?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. What are some activities during the festival?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. What do people do after playing with colour?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XIII. Read the text carefully, and then answer the question.
The tradition of dressing in costume for Halloween has both European and Celtic roots. Hundreds of
years ago, winter was an uncertain and frightening time. Food supplies often ran low and, for the many
people afraid of the dark, the short days of winter were full of constant worry. On Halloween, when is was
believed that ghosts came back to the earthly world, people thought that they would encounter ghosts if they
left their homes. To avoid being recognized by these ghosts, people would were marks when they left their
homes after dark so that the ghosts would mistake them for fellow spirits. On Halloween, to keep ghosts
away from their houses, people would place bowls of food outside their homes to appease the ghosts and
prevent them from attempting to enter.
76. What is the origin of the tradition of dressing in costume for Halloween?
_____________________________________________________________________________
77. What happened in winter hundreds of years ago?
_____________________________________________________________________________
78. What would people encounter if they left their homes on Halloween in the past?
_____________________________________________________________________________
79. What would people do to avoid being recognized by the ghosts?
_____________________________________________________________________________
80. And what would people do to keep ghosts away from their houses?
_____________________________________________________________________________

43
XIV. Make questions for the underlined parts in the following sentences, using the question words in
brackets.
A. Diwali (Festival of Lights)
1. Diwali is celebrated in October or November each year. (When)

2. It marked the last harvest of the year before winter. (What)

3. Indians celebrate Diwali with family gatherings, glittering clay lamps, festive fireworks, strings of
electric lights, bonfires, flowers, sharing of sweets, or worship to Lakshmi. (How)

4. Some people believe that Lakshmi wanders the Earth looking for homes where she will be welcomed.
(What)

5. People open their doors and windows and light lamps to invite Lakshmi in. (What)

B. Elephant Race Festival, Don Village


6. Elephant Race Festival takes place in village of Don or in the forests near the Sevepoi River (Dak Lak)
every spring (during the third lunar month). (When and Where)

7. The M’nong ethnic group are known for their bravery and skill in wild elephant hunting. (What)

8. The racetrack is 1-2 km long, set on even ground where there are only a few big trees, wide enough to
accommodate ten running elephants. (How long; Where; How wide)
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
XV. Make questions for the underlined parts, using the question words in brackets.
1. La Tomatina in Brunol near Valencia happens ever year. (How often)
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. La Tomatina takes place on the last Wednesday in August. (When)
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. The highlight of the festival is the tomato flight. (What)
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. La Tomatina dates backs to 1945 when an annual parade of enormous figures with big heads was
passing through the streets of Bunyol. (When)
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Some youngsters accidentally knocked over one of the giants. (What)
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. Burning Man lasts one week. (How long)
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. The festival began in San Francisco’s Baker Beach in 1986. (When; Where)
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. The event begins on the last Monday in August, and ends on the first Monday in September. (When)
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. It takes its name from the ritual burning of a large wooden model of a hated person. (What)
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. In 2010, 51,515 people attended Burning Man. (How many)
_____________________________________________________________________________
XVI. Write a paragraph about Da Lat Flower Festival, using the cues given below.
1. Name of festival: Da Lat Flower Festival
2. What is the festival? The programs of Flower Festival are a variety of content for every festival period.
These will make interests to tourists and participants as well.
3. How often is it held? Da Lat Flower Festival has been organized every two years since 2005.
4. Where is it held? The Flower Garden of Da Lat
5. Why is it held? The local government has recently taken more measures to increase cultural activities in
the tourism industry.
44
6. What is the content of the festival? The shows have the participation of thousands of professional and
un-professional artists. Besides the opening and closing ceremonies, the festival has also some other
programs such as flower exhibition fair, flower car march, trade fair, contest of Da Lat farmers
Answer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

TEST YOURSELF 3
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. beauty B. career C. fireworks D. harvest
2. A. award B. drama C. actor D. hero
3. A. appear B. prepare C. allow D. happen
4. A. police B. story C. cowboy D. western
5. A. relaxed B. boring C. moving D. awful
II. Choose the correct answers.
6. All critics said film was really ; nevertheless, I was so that I saw it from beginning
to end.
A. interesting – boring B. boring – interesting
C. interested - bored D. boring - interested
7. having a happy ending, the film starts with a terrible accident.
A. Despite B. Although C. However D. Nevertheless
8. In spite of the silly , many people enjoyed that comedy.
A. actor B. scene C. character D. plot
9. Although the acting is wonderful, the ending is very
A. exciting B. fantastic C. interesting D. boring
10. They spent a huge amount of money on the film; , it was not a big success
A. although B. however C. but D. because
11. Johnny Depp is a famous actor, he has failed in his recent films.
A. Although B. Despite C. However D. Because
12. Who is going to the Oscar for Best Actor this year?
A. get B. take C. win D. pass
13. The film Titanic was the most successful – it $1.750 million and eleven
Oscars.
A. did - got B. made - won C. won - made D. got - did
14. Charlie Chaplin was the most famous of the silent films.
A. star B. acting C. plot D. scene
15. Cameron Diaz and Julia Roberts are the best-paid actresses – both $20 million for their last
films.
A. took B. did C. paid D. earned

III. Complete the sentences with the correct words from the box.
violent musical enjoyable imagined interesting
exciting romantic boring frightening funny
1. A cartoon is usually _____________.
2. A horror film is always ___________.
3. A comedy is often _______________.
4. A love story is always ____________.

45
5. A is a play or film in which part of the story is sung to music.
6. An action film can be very .
7. A science fiction film is often about a(n) future.
8. A historical film can be because of bad acting.
9. A thriller is a film which has a(n) story, often about solving a crime.
10. It is very to know the origin of the plot and stories around it.
IV. Complete the sentences with the types of films from the box.
drama documentary sci-fi film thriller comedy
musical animated film action film romantic film horror film
1. People fall in love in a .
2. There is a lot of singing and dancing in a .
3. I laugh a lot when I see a .
4. There are often UFOs and aliens from space in a .
5. A can be too scary to me.
6. There are usually a lot of guns and car chases in a(n) .
7. I sometimes cry when I watch a .
8. Drawing seem to move and talk in a(n) .
9. A is a film that gives facts about a topic.
10. A is a film with an exciting story, especially one about crimes.
V. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Running of The Bulls - Pamplona, Spain
The Running of the Bulls is a (1) of the famous San Fermin festival - a practice that involves
running in front of a small group of bulls (typically a dozen) that have been let loose on a course of a town’s
streets. A first firework is set off at 8 a.m. to alert the runners that the corral gate is (2) . A second
firework signals that all six bulls have (3) released. The third and fourth fireworks are signals that all
of the herd has entered the bullring, marking the endof the event. Every year between 200 and 300 people (4)
injured during the run (5) most injuries are due to falls and are not serious. So you
think you support it?
1. A. part B. whole C. section D. piece
2. A. to close B. closed C. open D. opening
3. A. be B. been C. being D. to be
4. A. are B. were C. have been D. had been
5. A. because B. so C. although D. but
VI. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Hung King Anniversary
The Hung King Temple Festival is annually held from 8 th to the 11th days of the third lunar month. The
main festival day is on the 10th day of the third lunar March, on which the National Assembly has approved
Vietnamese working people to annually have one more national holiday to mark the anniversary of the Hung
King’s death. Every year, on this traditional occasion, Vietnamese people worldwide join their brothers and
sisters in spirit to observe Vietnam National Day in commemoration of their ancestors. The main ceremony
takes place at the Hung Temple on Nghia Linh Mountain in Phong Chau District, Phu Tho Province, about
85km northwest of Hanoi. The Hung King Temple Festival is one of the most important and sacred festivals
of the Vietnamese people, deeply imbedded in the minds of every Vietnamese citizen, regardless of where
they originated from.
True False
1. The King Hung Anniversary is yearly held at the first half of the third lunar month.  

2. It has become one of the national holidays recently.  


3. The Vietnamese show their respect to the ancestors on this occasion.  
4. The ceremony only takes place at the Hung Temple in Phu Tho Province.  
5. The Hung King Temple Festival is mostly for entertainment.  
VII. Read the text carefully, and then answer the questions.

46
The Lord of the Rings
The three Lord of the Rings films appeared in 2001, 2002, and 2003. They are based on the novels of the
British writer J.R.R. Tolkien. Director Peter Jackson filmed them in New Zealand. They cost more than $300
million to make, and, in all, more than 20,000 actorsappeared in the three films! After Titanic, they are the
three most successful ever, taking over $3 billion in total! The final film The Return of the King won 11
Oscars. In some countries, fans queued for three weeks to buy tickets.

1. When did the three Lord of the Rings films appear?


_______________________________________________________________________________
2. Whose novels are the films based on?
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. Who is the director?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. Where were the three Lord of the Rings films filmed?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. How much did the films cost to make?
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. How many actors appeared in the three films?
_______________________________________________________________________________
7. How much money could be got from the three films?
_______________________________________________________________________________
8. What was the final film of The Lord of the Rings films?
_______________________________________________________________________________
9. How many Oscars did the film The Return of the King get?
_______________________________________________________________________________
810.Did it take a long time for fans to get tickets for the film The Return of the King in some countries?
_______________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 10 : SOURES OF ENERGY


A. VOCABULARY
1. always (Adj) / 'ɔːlweɪz /: luôn luôn
2. often (Adj) / 'ɒf(ə)n /: thường
3. sometimes (Adj) / 'sʌm.taɪmz /: thỉnh thoảng
4. never (Adj) / 'nevə /: không bao giờ
5. take a shower (n) / teɪk ə ʃaʊə /: tắm vòi tắm hoa sen
6. distance (n) / 'dɪst(ə)ns /: khoảng cách
7. transport (n) / trans'pɔrt /: phương tiện giao thông
8. electricity (n) /,ɪlɛk'trɪsɪti /: điện
9. biogas (n) /'baiou,gæs/: khí sinh học
10. footprint (n) / 'fʊtprɪnt /: dấu vết, vết chân
11. solar (Adj) / 'soʊlər /: (thuộc về) mặt trời
12. carbon dioxide (n) / 'kɑːrbən daɪˈɑːksaɪd /: khí CO2
13. negative (Adj) / 'neɡətɪv /: xấu, tiêu cực\
14. alternative (Adj) / ɔ:l'tə:nətiv /: có thể lựa chọn thay cho vật khác
15. dangerous (Adj) / 'deindʒrəs /: nguy hiểm
16. energy (n) / 'enədʒi /: năng lượng
17. hydro (n) / 'haidrou /: thuộc về nước
18. non-renewable (adj) / ,nɔn ri'nju:əbl /: không phục hồi, không tái tạo được
19. plentiful (Adj) / 'plentifl /: phong phú, dồi dào
20. renewable (Adj) / ri'nju:əbl /: phục hồi, làm mới lại
21. source (n) / sɔ:s /: nguồn
47
B. GRAMMAR
I. THÌ TƯƠNG LAI TIẾP DIỄN (THE FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE)
1. Cách dùng
- Hành động sẽ đang diễn ra tại một thời điểm cụ thể trong tương lai.
Ví dụ: Tonight at 11p.m., we will be dancing at the party. (Tối nay lúc 11 giờ, chúng tôi sẽ đang nhảy múa tại
bữa tiệc.)
2. Dạng thức của thì tương lai tiếp diễn
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I
He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít/ Danh từ Will be He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít/ Will not/ won’t be
không đếm được V-ing Danh từ không đếm được V-ing
You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều You/ We/ They/ Danh từ
số nhiều
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
At this time tomorrow, he will be doing his At 9p.m. tomorrow, they won’t be cleaning their
homework. (Giờ này ngày mai anh ấy sẽ đang làm house. (Lúc 9 giờ tối mai, họ sẽ không đang lau dọn
bài tập về nhà) nhà)
At this time next week, I will be going to France.(Giờ At this time next month, she won’t be working for
này tuần sau, tôi sẽ đang đi tới Pháp) this company.(Giờ này tháng sau, cô ấy sẽ không
đang làm việc cho công ty này nữa.)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn


Will I Yes, I will
He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số be He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít/ Danh từ
ít/ Danh từ không đếm V-ing không đếm được
được

You/ We/ They/ Danh từ No, You/ We/ They/ Danh từ số nhiều Won’t
số nhiều
Ví dụ:
- Will she be singing at this time tomorrow? (Cô ấy sẽ đang hát vào giờ này ngày mai chứ?)
Yes, she will. / No, she won’t
- Will you be having dinner at 6p.m. tomorrow?
(Bạn sẽ đang ăn tối vào lúc 6 giờ tối mai à?)
Yes, I will. / No, I won’t

3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết


- Trong câu có các trạng từ chỉ thời gian: At hour from now (1 tiếng nữa), tonight at…(tối nay lúc….), at this
time next week/ month/ year (Giờ này tuần/ tháng/ năm sau)…
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết câu khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?) ở thì tương lai
tiếp diễn
1. Jim/ study/ Math/ at 8a.m. tomorrow.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
2. My father/ work/ at this time tomorrow.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
3. Ann/ play/ badminton/ with her friends/ at 4 p.m. tomorrow.
(+)……………………………………………………………
48
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
4. We/ enjoy/ our party/ at this time next month.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
5. Jane/ sunbathe/ at this time tomorrow.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
6. They/ travel/ to Africa/ at this time next year.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
7. My friend/ lie/ on the beach/ at this time next month.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
8. Tom/have/ breakfast/ at 6 o’clock tomorrow.
(+)……………………………………………………………
(-)……………………………………………………………….
(?)……………………………………………………………………
Bài 2. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai tiếp diễn
1. I (learn)………………….English at this time tomorrow.
2. My mother (go)……………………to France at this time next month.
3. They (sell)………………..winter closes at this time next week.
4. Jim (read) …………………in the library at 3 p.m tomorrow.
5. He (not study)…………………at that time tomorrow.
6. …………………….(you/ stay) at home when I arrive tomorrow?
7. My father (watch)…………..a soccer match on TV at 8 o’clock tomorrow evening.
8. Our teacher (teach) …………….Math at this time next week.
9. Jim and Jane (go)…………to the local museum at this time next week.
10. All the students (sit)……..the English Exam at 7.a.m. tomorrow.
11. What……(Peter/ do) at & o’clock tomorrow morning?
12. Peter (write)…………..a report.
13. I’m very busy tomorrow morning. I (not/play) ……………sport at 8 a.m.
14. ……………………….(the baby/ sleep) at 9p.m. tomorrow?
15. A well – known professor (deliver) …….a lecture at my university at 8 a.m.
Bai 3. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng
1. Will you be playing the piano at this time tomorrow/ No, I (won’t/ won’t be)
2. My father will (be going/go) on a business trip at this time next month.
3. Jim promises he will (be going/go) to the book store with me tomorrow.
4. I think my cat will (be waiting/wait) for me at home at this time tomorrow.
5. These students will (be working/ work) on their end-of-term project at this time next week.
6. I think Josh won’t (be lying/lie) me again.
7. I will (be lying/lie) on my bed an hour from now.
8. At midnight today, everyone won’t (be sleeping/ sleep) because they want to see the fireworks.
9. Will you (be coming/come) to my birthday party tomorrow, Ann?
10. I think It will (be raining/ rain) at this time next month.
11. I will (be talking/ talk) with my foreign friend at this time next week.
12. I don’t think that Jim will (be winning/ win) the competition tomorrow.
13. My sister will (be having/ have dinner with her boyfriend at 7.p.m tomorrow.
14. Jim will (be learning/ learn) Japanese because he likes it.
15. Mr. Smith will (begoing/ go) shopping with me tomorrow.

49
Bai 4. Sap xep cac tu da cho de tao thanh cau hoan chinh
1. you/ Who/ wii/ be/ at/ time/ this/ waiting/ week/ for/ next?
…………………………………………………………………………..
2. dinner/ will/ My/ preparing/ mother/ 5 o’clock/ afternoon/ be/ at/ tomorrow.
…………………………………………………………………………………
3. Mr. Vu/ teaching/ class/ at/ tomorrow/ Will/ 8.a.m/ be/ your/ in?
…………………………………………………………………..
4. I /be/ will/ think/ sleeping/ hour/ now/ I/ an/ from.
…………………………………………………………………………
5. you/ this/ will/ Where/ going/ week/ be/ time/ at/ next?
……………………………………………………………………………
6. not/ playing/ time/ this / tomorrow/ at / Jane/ will/ be.
………………………………………………………………
7. here/ A/ singer/ performing/ famous/ will/ at/ be/ 8a.m./ tomorrow.
……………………………………………………………………….
8. be/ swimming/ pool/ at/ time/ in/ will/ Mary/ next/ people/ month/ this/ this/ month.
……………………………………………………………………….
Bài 5. Điền các động từ đã cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp, sử dụng thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định ở thì tương lai tiếp diễn của các động từ đó.
1. I will be very busy tomorrow, so I (go) …………..shopping with my friend s at 4p.m.
2. My parents want to go fishing, so they (fish)………at this time next weekend.
3. I think it (snow)……..at this time tomorrow, so I decided to stay home for warmth.
4. Today I don’t have any homework, so I (do)……….homework at 5 o’clock this afternoon.
5. I have classes tomorrow morning. I (learn)………English at 9 a.m.
6. My bike is broken. I (ride)……. It to school at this time tomorrow.
7. Jame’s bought a train ticket. He (travel)……………to Venice at this time next week.
8. We’ve canceled our boat trip. We (sail)………along the river at this time next week.
9. My parents won’t be home next week. I (eat)……alone at this time next week.
10. I (help)……my mom with housework at this time tomorrow because she will come home late.
11. My wife wants to eat out tomorrow, so she (cook)……..at this time tomorrow.
12. My favorite singer (perform) …….at 7p.m. tomorrow. I will spend time for his show.
13. I (walk)……with my dog in the park at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning because my legs hurt.
14. Jim will finish his project tomorrow. He (do)….it at this time next week.
15. I’ve bought some sunscreen. I (sunbathe)…….on the beach at this time tomorrow.
II. CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG Ở THÌ TƯƠNG LAI ĐƠN (THE FUTURE SIMPLE PASSIVE)
Thể Câu chủ động Câu bị động
Khẳng định S + will + V + O S + will + be + VpII + (by O)
We will use low energy light bulbs Low energy light bulbs will be used.
Chúng tôi sẽ sử dụng bóng đèn năng lượng Bóng đèn năng lượng thấp sẽ được sử dụng.
thấp
Phủ định S + won’t + V + O S + won’t + be + VpII + (by O)
We won’t use low energy light bulbs Low energy light bulbs won’t be used.
Chúng tôi sẽ sử dụng bóng đèn năng lượng Bóng đèn năng lượng thấp sẽ được sử dụng.
thấp
Nghi vấn Will + S + V + O? Will + S + be + will + V + O?
Will you use low energy light bulbs? Wil low energy light bulbs be used?
Chúng ta sẽ sử dụng bóng đèn năng lượng Bóng đèn năng lượng thấp sẽ được sử dụng
thấp à? à?

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 6. Chuyển những câu bị động dưới đây về dạng chủ động (+), dị động (-), và nghi vấn (?) ở thì tương
lai đơn.
1. (+) Peter will be taken to the airport by his father tomorrow.
(-)………………………………………………………………….

50
(?)………………………………………………………………….
2. (+)…………………………………………………..
(-) Tonight dinner won’t be prepared by my mother.
(?)…………………………………………………………….
3. (+) My broken bicycle will be fixed by my father.
(-)………………………………………………………………….
(?)………………………………………………………………….
4. (+)…………………………………………………..
(-)………………………………………………………………….
(?) Will a new building be built here?
5. (+)…………………………………………………..
(-) Her baby won’t be looked after by a childminder.
(?)…………………………………………………………….
6. (+) Jim’s next birthday party will be held tomorrow.
(-)………………………………………………………………….
(?)………………………………………………………………….
7. (+)…………………………………………………..
(-)………………………………………………………………….
(?) Will this letter be sent to Jane?
8. (+)…………………………………………………..
(-) This big tree will not be cut down tomorrow.
(?)…………………………………………………………….
Bài 7. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. The contract will be …….by the CEO.
A. sign B. signing C. signed
2. The last decision will…..by the leader.
A. make B. be make C. be made
3. The house………before my brother comes home.
A. will clean B. will be cleaned C. will be cleaning
4. This museum………..by thousands of people.
A. will visited B. will be visited C. will be visit
5. My grandfather……………after by my sister when I am not home.
A. will look B. will be looked C. will be looking
6. ……….painted in blue?
A. Will be room B. Will be the room C. Will the room be
7. Will the problem………before 8 a.m. tomorrow?
A. solve B. be solved C. be solving
8. When…….be built?
A. will B. will the tower C. the tower will
9. Your secret………revealed by anyone.
A. won’t B. will not be C. won’t being
10. The meeting……..by many people.
A. will be not attended B. will not be attended C. won’t attended
Bài 8. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thể bị động thì tương lai đơn.
1. Jim (visit)………………by Jane tomorrow.
2. ……..(this car/wash) by my father tomorrow?
3. In the next few days, breakfast (prepare)…………by my sister.
4. Jim’s cat (feed)………..by Jane when he’s away from home.
5. Mr.Smith’s wedding cake (not buy)………………..in the local bakery.
6. ………..(our plan/ develop) into a big project?
7. The equipment you need (sell)…………………at that store tomorrow.
8. All the housework (do)………………….by the new housemaid.
9. Our project on energy saving (complete)………..by the end of this month.
10. I don’t think traditional books (replace) ……………by e-books.

51
11. The project on new sources of power (invest)………by a group of environmentalist.
12. All the sttudents (instruct)……………………to use the new equipment by the teacher.
13. When……..(a new bridge/ build) across this river?
14. Jim’s essay (read)…………………out loud in front of the whole class tomorrow.
15. The laundry (do)……………..by me tomorrow morning.
16. A new shop (open)……….at the end of the street tomorrow.
17. The report (write)……by the group leader.
18. Who (pick up) ………by Peter tonight?
19. This car (drive)………by me after my father gives me this.
20. My cat (take)……..to the vet’s by my mother.
Bài 9. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu bị động ở thì tương lai đơn.
1. The man/ charge/ with/ armed robbery.
………………………………………………………..
2. A picture of this mountain/ take/ a famous photographer.
………………………………………………………..
3. His book/ translate/ into English/ next year.
………………………………………………………..
4. The plan/ explain/ clearly/ to you.
………………………………………………………..
5. The postcard/ send/ to my grandparents.
………………………………………………………..
6. Jim’s new book/ publish/ this year?
………………………………………………………..
7. When/ they/ pay/ their salary?
………………………………………………………..
8. The reseacher/ conduct/ this year.
………………………………………………………..
9. A letter/ write/ send/ to me/ a foreign friend.
………………………………………………………..
10. Mary/ think/ milk/ deliver/ to her house/ before 7 a.m. tomorrow.
………………………………………………………..
Bài 10. Chuyển các câu chủ động dưới đây thành câu bị động hoặc ngược lại
1. They will hold a party tomorrow night.
………………………………………………………………..
2. Which dress will Jane buy?
………………………………………………………………..
3. Someone will water these flowers tomorrow.
………………………………………………………………..
4. People won’t destroy rainforests any more.
………………………………………………………………..
5. No one will buy this expensive dress.
………………………………………………………………..
6. What will they do to save energy?
………………………………………………………………..
7. A lecture will be delivered by a famous propessor tomorrow.
………………………………………………………………..
8. Non – renewable energy will be replaced by renewable energy.
………………………………………………………………..
9. All his savings will not be spent on buying new house.
………………………………………………………………..
10. Peter will be sent to a new shool by his parents.
………………………………………………………………..
11. All the dishes will be made by a famous chef.
………………………………………………………………..

52
12. Where will the students be met by their teacher?
………………………………………………………………..
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 11. Gạch chân lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng
1. My family will be gone on a summer vacation at this time next week.
2. Jim will be not reading books at this time tomorrow.
3. When will be the shop opened again?
4. Preparations for the events will be making before 8.a.m. tomorrow.
5. I don’t think machines will be replaced workers in the factories.
6. The streets will be widening soon after tomorrow.
7. All the old houses in my neighborhood will pull down next week.
8. My computer will be assisted me with my study.
Bài 12. Chia động từ trong hộp vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp, sử dụng thể bị động thì tương lai đơn.
find hold install Use up put
use replace exploit build broadcast
1. The government has passed laws to protect the forests, so forests (not)………for woods any more.
2. If we don’t save natural resouces, they……….in the near future.
3. I think that renewable sources of energy …………………..widely in the future.
4. Scientists believe that new sources of energy ………..soon.
5. Some windmill….in my hometown. We will probably use wind power instead of hydroelectric power.
6. It is possible that hydroelectricity……by solar or wind energy in the xext decade.
7. A conference on alternative energy……….next month.
8. A TV program about new sources of energy ……..live tomorrow morning.
9. Two thousand of solar panels…….in this erea next year.
10. Watershed forests…….under protection of the government.
Bài 13. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. I …….English at this time tomorrow.
A. will be taught B. will be teaching C. will teach
2. What will it ……by its owner?
A. be called B. be calling C. call
3. The baby…..after by me before his mother comes back.
A. will be looked B. will be looking C. will look
4. I promise this……again.
A. won’t be happened B. won’t be happening C. won’t happen
5. Where……to by our parents this weekend?
A. will you be taken B. will you be taking C. will you take
6. My favorite singer will be singing……tomorrow.
A. at time B. at this time C. in
7. I will be playing badminton……my friends an hour from now.
A. by B. with C. of
8. Dinner will ……..by me tonight because I’m ill.
A. be cooked B. not be cooked C. not cook
9. Where will it……?
A. be located B. be locating C. locate
10. I think my homework …….before 4 o’clock this afternoon.
A. will be finished B. will be finishing c. will finish
Bài 14. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thể chủ động hoặc bị động thì tương lai sao cho thích hợp
1. If we don’t use fossil fuel efficiently, we (run) …..out of it soon.
2. Solar power (use)……..as the main source of energy in many countries in the future.
3. …….(many people/ attend) this conference?
4. Our family (use)……….the new type of bulb to save energy.
5. People (allow)………..to destroy rainforests any more.
6. The government (put)……..natural resources under protection.
7. Solar panels (see)………in many parts of the world.

53
8. My grandfather doesn’t believe that electricity (generate)……..by the wind.

C.EXERCISES

TEST 1 UNIT 10
I. Put the words in the table in the correct column according to their stress pattern.
convenience calendar exercise travelling
similar marvelous excellent familiar
important wonderful abundant convenient
biogas scientist musician energy
polluting dangerous excellent plentiful

Stress on 1st syllable Stress on 2nd syllable

II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.
1. A. atmosphere B. plentiful C. effective D. natural
2. A. constancy B. sympathy C. generous D. suspicious
3. A. unfortunate B. continuous C. renewable D. artificial
4. A. recommend B. abundant C. solution D. increasing
5. A. confident B. memorable C. excited D. interested
6. A. motorbike B. generate C. advantage D. atmosphere
7. A improvement B. different C. develop D. enormous
8. A. seriously B. personally C. carefully D. correctly
III. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.
1. A. different B. serious C. effective D. regular
2. A. dangerous B. countryside C. energy D. volunteer
3. A. incapable B. sincere C. loyalty D. success
4. A. development B. satisfaction C. population D. education
5. A. interfere B. convenient C. referee D. cigarette
6. A. attraction B. humorous C. acquaintance D. unselfish
7. A. changeable B. dioxide C. countryside D. natural
8. A. important B. plentiful C. familiar D. convenience
IV. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. wants B. helps C. plays D. looks
2. A. transport B. power C. report D. short
3. A. listened B. enjoyed C. decided D. played
4. A. many B. carbon C. large D. hard
5. A. blood B. spoon C. noon D. tool

54
V. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. hydroelectric B. environment C. solar D. biogas
2. A. pleasure B. feed C. heat D. meat
3. A. plentiful B. electric C. renewable D. energy
4. A. few B. knew C. new D. sew
5. A. nuclear B. truck C. abundant D. dump
VI. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.
1. Nuclear energy is , but it is dangerous.
A. renewable B. non-renewable C. natural resource D. fossil fuel
2. Fossil fuels are very common in our society but they the environment.
A. waste B. pollute C. renew D. provide
3. All the houses in our village will be by solar energy.
A. frozen B. widened C. heated D. heightened
4. Several governments try to the use of fossil fuels.
A. waste B. save C. reduce D. increase
5. At this time next week, we a wind turbine in our garden.
A. will installed B. will be installing C. install D. installed
6. Low energy light bulbs should be used to electricity.
A. convert B. save C. spend D. buy
7. It is a good idea to use when travelling long distances.
A. private cars B. public transport C. cars D. taxis
8. “Why is it called a source?” - “Because it can be replaced easily and quickly.”
A. renewable B. non-renewable C. effective D. specific
9. We must the amount of water our family use every day.
A. lessen B. narrow C. lower D. reduce
10. Wave energy is a source of energy.
A. environmental friendly B. environmentally friendliness
C. environment friendly D. environmentally friendly
11. Alternative sources of energy developed in the near future.
A. has been B. will be C. is D. was
12. She cooking in the kitchen at 7 PM tomorrow.
A. will B. is C. will be D. be
13. Some new energy-saving bulbs in the dining room.
A. will be put B. will put be C. will put D. will be putting
14. What should we do to electricity?
A. take B. save C. cut D. waste
15. The wind, the sun, and the wave are some types of sources of energy.
VII. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense forms to complete the sentences.
1. I (study) at 8.00 tomorrow.
2. You (wait) for her when her plane arrives tonight?
3. Don’t phone me between 7 and 8. We (have) dinner then.
4. What clothes do you think she (wear) when she arrives?
5. I (send) in my application tomorrow.
6. Linda (arrive) in Ha Noi around March.
7. Next week at this time, you (lie) on the beach.
8. My uncle can’t come to your party tomorrow night because he (work) at night.
9. You (meet) your former teachers at 9 a.m. tomorrow morning, won’t you?
10. At this time tomorrow evening, I (play) computer games in my bedroom.
A. cheap B. costly C. changeable D. alternative
VIII. Turn into passive.
1. Students will use public transport to go to school.
→......................................................................................................................................
2. Solar power will generate a great deal of electricity this summer.
→......................................................................................................................................

55
3. Will they install the solar panels on the roof of the house tomorrow?
→......................................................................................................................................
4. Local people won’t burn plants to heat this winter.
→......................................................................................................................................
5. The smoke from factories will pollute the air.
→......................................................................................................................................
6. They will build a hydro power station in this area.
→......................................................................................................................................
IX. Give the correct form of the words given to complete sentences.
1. We should use them and try to find out ECONOMY
alternative sources of power.
2. Solar energy is , plentiful and clean. RENEW
3. I think that solar energy can be an source of ALTER energy
in the near future.
4. We should reduce the use of at home. ELECTRICAL
5. It’s a clean source of energy. Sailboats couldn’t move without POWERFUL this
.
6. Waves will be used as an friendly source of energy. ENVIRONMENT
7. Limit car trips by relying on biking, walking, public TRANSPORT
.
8. Solar power can be used to or cool our houses. HOT
9. Energy is used to a lot of electrical things. PRODUCT
10. There will be a of energy in the near future. SHORT
X. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
In Western countries, electricity, gas, and water are not (1) but necessities. Companies now
realize that consumers want (2) that will not only work effectively, (3)
save money.
For most North American households, lighting (4) for 10 percent to 15 percent of the
electricity (5) . However, this amount can be (6) by replacing an ordinary 100-watt
light bulb with an energy-saving bulb. These bulbs use a (7) of the electricity of standard
bulbs and last eight times (8) . Therefore, consumers can save about US$7 to US$21 per bulb. In
Europe, there is a labeling scheme for refrigerators, freezers, washing machines and tumble dryers. The label
tells the consumers how much energy efficiency each model has, compared (9) other
appliances in the same category. Ultimately, these innovations will save money as well as (10)
the earth’s resources
1. A. launching B. luxuries C. coming D. peaking
2. A. tickets B. weapons C. spaceships D. products
3. A. but also B. towards C. with D. into
4. A. as good as B. like as C. accounts D. such as
5. A. burnt B. bill C. went off D. banged
6. A. reduced B. audience C. observatories D. watcher
7. A. sent back B. returned to C. separated from D. quarter
8. A. weightlessness B. longer C. wavelengths D. length
9. A. space B. atmosphere C. with D. universe
10. A. conserve B. drivers C. tourists D. astronauts
XI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Almost all our energy comes from oil, coal, and natural gas. We call them fossil fuels. The earth’s fossil
fuels are running out. What will happen when there is no oil, coal and gas on the earth?
Scientists are trying to find and use other alternative sources of energy. We can use energy from the sun, the
wind, and the water.
Solar energy is unlimited. The sun supplies all the energy used to grow plants, to evaporate water for rain,
and to maintain the temperate of the planet. All are necessary for human life. If we are able to collect solar
energy, we will be sure to have this abundant source od power.

56
1. From which do plants on the earth get energy?
A. stars B. the Mars C. the moon D. the sun
2. What are the other words or phrase for fossil fuels?
A. natural gas B. oil C. coal D. oil, gas, natural gas
3. Natural sources of energy are energy from .
A. wind B. the sun C. water D. the sun, wind, water
4. The word “abundant” in the passage is closet in meaning with .
A. plentiful B. limited C. natural D. necessary
5. We are asking the question, “What will happen when there is no oil, coal, and gas on the earth?”
because .
A. we are now depending so much on oil, coal, and natural gas
B. other sources of energy can come from the sun, wind, and water
C. we are looking forward to seeing great changes
D. we are looking for other alternative sources of energy
XII. Read the following passage and choose the best option.
It’s hard to imagine education without (1) . Without energy, people’s ability to get a decent education
is severely (2) . Education is acknowledged as a crucial factor in helping people escape (3)
poverty. In communities without energy children are often forced out of school to help (4)
cooking (5) or earn money. When they do go to school it has to be in (6) , which restricts their
hours especially as many children walk for hours to get there. When they arrive home to do their schoolwork,
they have no (7) to study and all that greets them is darkness. Or they have to rely on kerosene to
provide precious light, which is both expensive and dangerous; if a lamp is knocked over it can cause serious
burns. Computers, radio or TV are important tools in the (8) education. A (9)
of electricity restricts the (10) for children to further their education. And teachers don’t want to
work in communities where there are no lights, little equipment, no TVs, computers or life after dark.
1. A. like B. energy C. such as D. similar
2. A. approximately B. expressively C. affected D. progressively
3. A. from B. pioneering C. pioneering D. pioneers
4. A. custom B. waiter C. collect D. pill
5. A. tourists B. materials C. pilot D. guess
6. A. Orbit B. Orbition C. Orbital D. daylight
7. A. light B. designed C. draw D. painted
8. A. equipment B. tool C. modern D. furniture
9. A. invitation B. lack C. space D. aviation
10. A. landscape B. departures C. islands D. opportunity
.
XIII. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. Governments will make more regulations to reduce industrial pollution.
→ More regulations__________________________________________________
2. People won’t burn fossil fuels for energy in the future.
→ Fossil fuels_______________________________________________________
3. People will construct more wind turbines in that area to produce electricity.
→ More wind turbines________________________________________________
4. Shall we reduce our electricity bills to 20% in five months?
→ Will our electricity_________________________________________________
5. People will develop alternative sources of energy.
→ Alternative sources ________________________________________________
6. We will be providing electricity this time next year.
→ Electricity________________________________________________________
7. Scientists will find solutions to reduce pollution in our city.
→ Solutions________________________________________________________
8. They will increase the tax on petrol to 15% next September.
→ The tax _________________________________________________________
9. With that device people will change the wave energy into electricity.

57
→ With that device the wave energy_____________________________________
10. We shall replace ordinary 100- watt light bulls with energy- saving ones.
→ Ordinary ________________________________________________________
XIV. Rewrite the sentences so that it has similar meaning as the sentence printed before, using the
words given.
1. They will install solar panels on the roof of our house next week.
→ Solar panels ______________________________________________________
2. They will build a new school for poor children next month.
→ A new school_____________________________________________________
3. Will the plumber check cracks on the water pipes in two days?
→ Cracks__________________________________________________________
4. They sell these chemicals everywhere in my hometown.
→ These chemicals___________________________________________________
5. They won't show the film on types of future energy sources next Friday.
→ The film_________________________________________________________
6. Some people will interview the new president on TV.
→ The new president_________________________________________________
7. They will destroy the old thermal power plant at the end of this year.
→ The old thermal ___________________________________________________
8. They will widen the road to our village next year.
→ The road_________________________________________________________
9. We will be using biogas for cooking and heating at this time next month.
→ Biogas__________________________________________________________
10. They got the first prize at the competition.
→ The first_________________________________________________________

TEST 2 UNIT 10
I. Put the words in the table in the correct column according to their stress pattern.
illegal celebrate available festival consumption electric
performance performer generate effective imagine convenient
exhausted comfortable library improvement relative fortunate
Stress on 1st syllable Stress on 2nd syllable
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………
………………………………………………. ………………………………………………

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. excellent B. marvelous C. familiar D. similar
2. A. musician B. scientist C. energy D. biogas
3. A. abundant B. wonderful C. convenient D. important
4. A. excellent B. dangerous C. plentiful D. polluting
5. A. exerciseB. calendar C. travelling D. convenience
III. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. solar B. biogas C. hydroelectric D. environment
2. A. renewable B.energy C. plentiful D. electric
3. A. abundant B. nuclear C. truck D. dump
4. A. power B. transport C. short D. report
5. A. carbon B. hard C. large D. marry
IV. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.

58
1. A. advantage B. atmosphere C. motorbike D. generate
2. A. effective B. regular C. different D. serious
3. A. population B. education C. development D. satisfaction
4. A. countryside B. natural C. changeable D. dioxide
5. A. renewable B. artificial C. unfortunate D. continuous
V. Choose the correct answer.
1. What should we do to electricity?
A. cut B. take C. save D. waste
2. Someone’s carbon is a measurement of the amount of carbon dioxide that their activities produce.
A. effect B. amount C. footprint D. energy
3. source of energy is the source that can’t be replaced after use.
A. Renewable B. Natural C. Effective D. Non-renewable
4. We are looking for cheap, clean and source of energy.
A. effective B. efficient C. serious D. dangerous
5. We should put on our roof for the heating and hot water.
A. solar energy B. equipment C. cracks D. solar panels
6. We should use light bulbs in our homes.
A. low energy B. little energy C. a bit energy D. efficient
7. In my opinion, nuclear power is not only expensive but also to our environment.
A. danger B. dangerous C. rick D. disaster
8. Several governments try to the use of fossil fuels.
A. reduce B. increase C. waste D. save
9. It is a good idea to use when travelling long distances.
A. cars B. taxis C. private cars D. public transport
10. Wave energy is a source of energy.
A. environment friendly B. environmentally friendly
C. environmental friendly D. environmentally friendliness
11. Remember to the lights before going to bed.
A. turn B. turn off C. turn on D. stop
12. A hydropower station in the North of the country next year.
A. was built B. were built C. will be built D. has been built
13. Biogas is and cheap for cooking and heating.
A. plenty B. abundant C. serious D. expensive
14. “Why is it called a source?” – “Because it can be replaced easily and quickly.”
A. effective B. specific C. renewable D. non-renewable
15. At this time next week, we a wind turbine in our garden.
A. install B. installed C. will installed D. will be installing
16. Alternative sources of energy developed in the near future.
A. is B. was C. has been D. will be
17. Hydro power is because dams cannot be built in certain areas.
A. limited B. unlimited C. abundant D. enough
18. Fossil fuels are very common in our society but they the environment.
A. renew B. provide C. waste D. pollute
19. By the middle of the 21st century, people in developing countries more renewable energy.
A. uses B. will be using C. used D. have used
20. The wind, the sun, and the wave are some types of sources of energy.
A. changeable B. alternative C. cheap D. costly
VI. Complete the sentences with the suitable word from the box.
avoid invested generate reduce converted
1. Solar power can be into electricity.
2. Fossil fuels can be used to electricity or drive a big machinery.
3. Use electricity economically so that we can our electricity bills.
4. We should using cars or motorbikes for short trips.
5. Businesses have more money in renewable energy in recent years.
59
VII. Complete the sentences with the suitable verb from the box in the future continuous.
speak work play wear arrive
1. What clothes do you think she when she arrives?
2. My uncle can’t come to your party tomorrow night because he at night.
3. Linda in Ha Noi around March.
4. You French in Quebee because local people do it, too.
5. At this time tomorrow evening, I computer games in my bedroom.
VIII. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Energy is very important in modem life. People use energy to run machines, heat andcool their homes,
cook, give light, transport people and products from place to place. Most energy nowadays comes from
fossil fuels such as petroleum, coal, and natural gas. However, burning fossil fuels causes pollution. In
addition, if we don’t find new kinds of energy, we will use up all the fossil fuels in the 21 th century.
Scientists are working to find other kinds of energy for the future. What might these sources of energy be?
T F
1. Energy is of great importance in modern life.  
2. Energy is used to produce a lot of electrical things.  
3. Burning fossil fuels causes pollution.  
4. Fossil fuels are limited.  
5. Everyone tries their best to find other kinds of energy for the future.  
IX. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Many people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, the world’s energy
resources are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also should use them
economically and try to find out alternative resources of power. According to Professor Marvin Burnham of
the New England Institute of Technology, we have to start saving coal, oil and gas before it is too late, and
solar power is the only alternative.
T F
1. Natural resources will never run out.  
2. We don’t know exactly how much fuel is left.  
3. We shouldn’t waste natural resources.  
4. We should find out other types of energy besides fossil fuels.  
5. According to Professor Marvin Burnham, solar energy will be used as a form of  
alternative energy.
X. Fill in each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word from the box.
bulbs coal off rural
natural energy save wastes
With the development of science and technology, more and more (1) is used every
day. Nowadays, many (2) areas in Vietnam have been electrified, and more (3)
is needed . If everyone (4). If everyone (4) energy, it will quickly run out. (5)
at school should learn how to (6) energy, for example, they should turn (7)
the electric lights when they leave their classrooms.
Moreover, we may waste electricity at home if we use a lot of light (8) . By not wasting
energy, we will save a lot of (9)we will save a lot of (9) resources, such as (10)
and oil.
XI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
There is now increasing concern about the world’s energy (1) , particularly about those involving
fossil (2) . In less than a hundred years we shall probably use up all the present (3) of oil and
gas. The world’s coal reserves should last longer but, once used, these cannot (4) . It is important,
therefore, that we should develop such (5) sources of energy as solar energy as well as water
and wind power, classed as renewable energy.
1. A. possessions B. resources C. goods D. materials
2. A. fuels B. powers C. forms D. energies
3. A. findings B. productions C. amounts D. sources
60
4. A. updated B. repeated C. renewed D. produced
5. A. traditional B. alternative C. revolutionary D. Surprising
XII. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
“ My name is Professor Roberts, and tonight, I’m going to tell you how to save energy in your homes.
Most of us use too much energy. You can reduce this amount by: using low energy light bulbs, using solar
energy, turning off unnecessary lights, preparing food before turning on the cooker. If you follow these
simple rules, you will not only save energy but also keep the environment cleaner.”
T F
1. The professor tells us about the ways to cut down on wastes of energy in our offices.  

2. Almost everyone consumes too much energy.  


3. Although solar energy is clean, the lecturer doesn’t advise us to use it.  
4. The speaker gives four simple rules.  
5. According to the speaker, energy will be saved.  
XIII. Read the passage, and then choose the best answer.
Almost all our energy comes from oil, coal, and natural gas. We call them fossil fuels. The earth’s fossil
fuels are running out. What will happen when there is no oil, coal and gas on the earth?
Scientists are trying to find and use other alternative sources of energy. We can use energy from the sun,
the wind, and the water.
Solar energy is unlimited. The sun supplies all the energy used to grow plants, to evaporate water for the
rain, and to maintain the temperature of the planet. All are necessary for human life. If we are able to collect
solar energy, we will be sure to have this abundant source of power.

1. What are the other words or phrase for fossil fuels?


A. oil B. oil, gas, natural gas C. natural gas D. coal
2. Natural sources of energy are energy from .
A. the sun, wind, water B. water
C. wind D. the sun
3. From which do plants on the earth get energy?
A. the moon B. the sun C. stars D. the Mars
4. We are asking the question, “What will happen when there is no oil, coal, and gas on the earth?”
because .
A. we are looking for other alternative sources of energy
B. we are looking forward to seeing great changes
C. we are now depending so much on oil, coal, and natural gas
D. other sources of energy can come from the sun, wind, and water
5. The word “abundant” in the passage is closest in meaning with .
A. natural B. necessary C. plentiful D. Limited

XIV. Use the cues given to write correct sentences.


1. Almost all our energy/ come/ oil/ gas/ natural gas. We/ them/ fossil fuels.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. The earth’s fossil fuels/ running out.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Scientists/ try/ find/ other alternative sources/ energy.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. We/ use energy/ the sun, the wind, and the water.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. The sun/ supply/ all the energy/ used/ grow plants/ evaporate water/ rain/ and/ maintain/ temperature/
planet.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. If we/ able/ collect solar energy/ we/ be sure/ have enough power.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. Energy/ wind/ use/ centuries/ move ships, grind grain, pump water/ and/ do other forms/ work.
61
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
8. Recently/ wind/ use / generate electricity.
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
9. For a long time/ people/ use water/ power machines.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. Today/ water power/ mostly/ use/ generate electricity.
_____________________________________________________________________________

XV. Use the cues given to write correct sentences.


1. We/ looking/ cheap, clean, effective source/ energy/ not cause pollution or waste natural resources.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. All present/ most/ our electricity/ come/ use/ coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. This power/ could/ provide/ sun.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. One percent/ solar energy/ reach/ earth/ enough/ provide power/ the total population.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Many countries/ already using/ solar energy.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. Solar panels/ place/ the roof/ a house/ and/ sun’s energy/ use/ heat water.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. The energy/ store/ a number of days.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. On/ cloudy/ you/ use/ solar energy/ too.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. Viet Nam/ an advanced technology/ solar energy.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. Cars/ use solar energy/ gas/ by the year 2030.
_____________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 11. TRAVELLING IN THE FUTURE


A.VOCABULARY
1. safety (n) /'seɪfti/: Sự an toàn
2. pleasant (a) /'pleznt/: Thoải mái, dễ chịu
3. imaginative (a) /ɪˈmædʒɪnətɪv/: Tưởng tượng
4. traffic jam (n) /'træfɪk dʒæm/: Sự kẹt xe
5. crash (n) /kræʃ/: Va chạm xe, tai nạn xe
6. fuel (n) /fju:əl/: Nhiên liệu
7. eco-friendly (adj) /'i:kəu 'frendli/: thân thiện với hệ sinh thái, thân thiện với môi trường
8. float (v) /fləut/: Nổi
9. flop (v) /flɔp/: Thất bại
10. hover scooter (n) /'hɔvə 'sku:tə/: một loại phương tiện di chuyển cá nhân trượt trên mặt đất
11. monowheel (n) /'mɔnouwi:l/: một loại xe đạp có một bánh
12. pedal (v,n) /'pedl/: đạp, bàn đạp
13. segway (n) /'segwei/: một loại phương tiện di chuyển cá nhân bằng cách đẩy chân để
chạy bánh xe trên mặt đất
14. metro (n) /'metrəʊ/: Xe điện ngầm
15. skytrain (n) /skʌɪ treɪn/: Tàu trên không trong thành phố

62
16. gridlocked (adj) /'grɪdlɑːkt/: Giao thông kẹt cứng
17. pollution (n) /pə'lu:ʃ(ə)n/: Ô nhiễm
18. technology (n) /tek'nɒlədʒi/: Kỹ thuật

B. GRAMMAR
I.Động từ khuyết thiếu WILL chỉ tương lai (will for future prediction)
WILL là một động từ khuyết thiếu, do đó nó không cần chia theo chủ ngữ và sau nó luôn là một động từ ở
dạng nguyên thể không có “to”
Cách Cấu trúc này dùng để nói về những hành động mà chúng ta nghĩ sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai.
dùng

Cấu trúc (+)S +will + V


(-)S+won’t + V
(?)Will +S+ V?

Ví dụ It will rain tonight and stop tomorrow.(trời sẽ mưa tối nay và sẽ tạnh vào ngày mai.)
My future house will be very large. ( Ngôi nhà trong tương lai của tớ sẽ rất rộng)
The mail won’t arrive until next week.( Bức thư sẽ không đến cho tới tuần sau/ Đến tuần sau bức
thư sẽ tới)
Will the fuel price increase next month?
( Giá xăng dầu sẽ tang vào tháng sau à)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DUNG CƠ BẢN


BÀI 1: Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết câu ở thể khẳng định(+), thể phủ định, thể nghi vấn(+) với động từ
khuyết thuyết “will”
1. Jim/arrive/here/tomorrow.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
2. There/ be/ many driverless cars/on the street/in the future.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
3. Maria/ travel/to Berlin/ on the metro.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
4. High-speed trains/ be/ very/ popular/in the next years.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
5. There/ be/ gridlock/between 5:30 and 7:00
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
6. They/build/an overpass/here/next year.
(+)____________________________________________________________
63
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
7. Peter/ learn/to ride/a monowheel.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
8. People/ travel/flying cars/ in the future.
(+)____________________________________________________________
(-)______________________________________________________________
(?)___________________________________________________________________
Bài 2: Hoàn thành các câu dưới đấy sử dung động từ khuyết thiếu “ will” và động từ trong ngoặc.
1. In the future, buildings (be) _________________taller and moderner.
2. I think that people (drive)______________to work by flying vehicles and in the future.
3. People (not use)___________ox or horse carts any more.
4. I think public transportation (develop)____________and people (use)______________less private vehicles.
5.___________ (they/accept) my invitations?
6.____________ (many workers/ choose) to work from home?
7. Jim thinks that life (be) ________________easier in the future thanks to the help of robots.
8. Astronomers believe that they (find) __________________a living planet like the earth.
9. When _________________ (living in Mars/ be) possible?
10. Which means of transportation (take)_________the major role in the next 20 years?
11. It is predicted that there ( be)___________hail and snow tomorrow.
12. I’m afraid that my parents ( not allow)________me to go out too late.
13. Who (make)___________the last decision?
14._______________(robots /replace) all human workers in factories? No, they _____________
15. Jane expects that her mother (come)_______________home early today.
16. Future vehicles (run)______________on biofuel and other green energy.
17. My grandfather doesn’t believe that cars (fly)_________________like planes in the future.
18. There (not be)____________________gridlock in the future because people ( travel)____________by
flying cars.
19. I think that countryside (disappear)______________in the future due to urbanization.
20. Solar-powered equipment ( be)___________________very popular in the future.
Bài 3: Nối câu cột A sao cho câu trả lời cột B sao cho thích hợp
A B
1.What will they do to reduce traffic jam a. solar and wind energy
2. Will it be possible for people to live on the Moon b. I think train will be more popular
in the future?
3. What will be the sources of energy we use in the c. No, they won’t
future?
4. What will the authorities do to protect the d. They will widen to the roads and build overpasses.
environment?
5. Will it rain tomorrow? e. I think it will be the bullet train.
6. Will all the forest be destroyed in the future? f. yes, it will
7. Which one will be more popular in the future- g. They will enact laws to protect the environment.
planes or high-speed trains?
8. What will be the most promising means of h. No, it won’t There’s a good weather forecast
transportation in the future? tomorrow.

1_____ 2_________ 3__________ 4___________


5______ 6________ 7__________ 8___________

Bài 4: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. They /think/their team/ be/ champion.

64
2. I/ not think/ Jim/ buy/ a new car.

3. More people/ live/work/ in the cities.


________________________________________________________________________________
4. What/ you/ do/ if/ you/be/ the winner?

5. People/ afraid/ non-renewable sources of energy/ run out/in the future.

6. Many people/ believe/ there/ be/ life/in other planets.

7. People all over the world/speak/ the same language/in the future?
_____________________________________________________________________________

8. More and more people/ travel/ airplanes/in the future.


________________________________________________________________________________
II.ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU (POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS)
1.Đại từ sở hữu
Đại từ sở hữu chỉ sự sở hữu của người hoặc vật với người hoặc một sự vật khác. Đại từ sở hữu được sử dụng để
thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu và danh từ theo sau để tránh lập lại. (Đại từ sở hữu= tính từ sở hữu + danh từ)

2. Sự khác biệt giữ đại từ sở hữu và tính từ sở hữu .

Tính từ sở hữu Đại từ sở hữu


Định Tính từ sở hữu( possessive adjective ) là từ Đại từ sở hữu( possessive pronouns) dùng để thay thế
nghĩa để chỉ sự sở hữu và đứng trước danh từ. hẳn cho tính từ sở hữu và danht từ.
Đại từ sở hữu vừa có thể đứng ở vị trí chủ ngữ, vừa có
thể kaf tân ngữ trong câu.
Ví dụ This is my book.( Đây là quyển sách của That is mine. ( Kia là quyển sách của cậu)
tôi) Trong câu sử dụng đại từ sở hữu “mine” để thay thế
Trong câu sử dụng tính từ sở hữu “my” cho “my book” vì người nói không muốn lặp lại từ.
và danh từ “ book”

3. Đại từ sở hữu và nghĩa của chúng.


Đại từ nhân Tính từ sở Đại từ sở Nghĩa Ví dụ
xưng hữu hữu
I My Mine Của tôi Your book is not as interesting as mine.
Quyển sách của bạn không hay như quyên sách của
tôi.
You Your Yours Của bạn I will give mine and you will give yours.
Tôi sẽ đưa cho bạn cái của tôi, còn bạn đưa tôi cái của
bạn .
We Our Ours Của chúng This house is ours.
tôi Ngôi nhà này là của chúng tôi.
They Their Theirs Của họ If you don’t have a car, you can borrow theirs.
Nếu bạn không có ô tô, bạn có thể mượn của họ.
He His His Của anh ta How can he eat my food not his?
Sao anh ấy có thể ăn thức ăn của tôi mà không phải
của anh chứ?

65
She Her Her Của cô ấy I can’t find stapler so I use hers.
( tôi không tìm thấy cái dập ghim của tôi vì vậy tôi sử
dụng cái của cô ấy.)
It Its Its Của nó My feet are small but its are big.
( chân của tôi nhỏ nhưng chân của nó thì to )
4. Cách dùng các đại từ sở hữu
Dùng thay thế cho một tính từ sở hữu Ví dụ
( possessive adjective ) và một danh từ I gave it to my friends and to yours. ( Tôi đưa nó cho bạn của tôi và
đã nói ở phía trước bạn của bạn)
yours=your friends
Her shirt is white and mine is blue. ( Áo cô ta màu trắng còn của tôi
màu xanh.)
mine= my shirt
Dùng trong dạng câu hỏi sở hữu VD: He is a friend of mine( anh ta là một người bạn của tôi.
kép( double possessive) It was not fault of yours that we mistook the way. ( Chúng tôi lầm
đương đâu có phải lỗi của anh ta.)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 5: Hãy sử dụng đại từ sở hữu thay thế cho các cụm từ trong ngoặc trong các câu sau:
1. My brother’s bike is blue. (My bike)_____ is blue, too
2. This is my house and that is (her house)_________.
3. My brother ate not only his cake but also (my cake)___________
4. Please move to another table. This is (our table)_______________
5. They mistook our car for( their car)_________
6. Give this book to Jim. It’s ( his book)_________________
7. My laptop didn’t work, so I used ( her laptop)_________________
8. My house is not as modern as ( your house)________________________.
9. The last decision will be ( my decision)_________________________________
10. Is it your suitcase or ( his suitcase)______________?
11. Their garden is smaller than ( my garden)___________
12. It used to be my car. Now it’s ( her car)_______.
13. I found my keys. Have you found ( your keys)_______?
14. Their team beat ( our team)______________
15. This is not your money but it is ( my money)_______.
Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Have you got _______pen, or would you like to borrow _________?
A. your-mine B. yours-my C. yours-mine
2. Jane’s voice is good. ______is good, too.
A.I B. my C. mine
3.______ cat is adorable.______is adorable too.
A. Your-Mine B. Your-Mine C. yours-mine
4. My face looks like _______face.
A. she B. her C. her
5. it’s not _____fault. It’s _______
A. your-mine B. yours-mine C. yours-mine
6. Jim’s car was parked here. _______parked _______car here too.
A.I-mine B.I –mine C.my-mine
7. I know Louis is _________friend. He’s also a friend of_________
A. your-my B. your- I C. your-mine
8. I lost my pencil. Can I have one of ______?
A. your B. you C. yours
9. This is not _______car. __________is black.
A. my- my B.my-mine C.my –I
10. Has the cat had ______food?

66
A. its B.it C .his
Bài 7: Điền đại từ sở hữu thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại sau.
1. Peter: Hi Tom, you look happy today
Tom: Oh, hi Peter. I am so excited. My father’s bought me a new bike.
Peter: Really, I’ve got a new bike too. My bike is blue. How about(1) ________?
Tom (2)_________is green. I’ve heard that Jim has a bike too (3)_______has the same color.
Peter: Yes, I saw his bike but I haven’t seen ( 4)__________How about going cycling together this weekend?
Tom: That a good idea. Let’s invite Jim to join us.

2. Jim: Hello, this is Jim.


Tom: Oh, hi Jim, this is Peter. Peter and I are going cycling this weekend because we’ve got new bikes. Do you
want to join us?
Jim: It sounds nice.
Tom: My bike is green. It has the same color with (5)__________I hope that I won’t mistake your for
(6)___________
Jim: Don’t worry, my bike must look older than (7)_______Oh, wait a minute. I’ve remembered that my
bike’s broken.
Tom: It’s such a pity. Can you borrow a bike?
Jim: Uhm, let see. My sister has a bike. I will borrow (8)________ I will call you if she agrees to lend me her
bike.
Tom: Okay
Bài 8:Đánh dấu …… trước câu trả lời đúng, dấu ……………trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
_____1.Excuse me. We came here first so this table is our.
_____2.Tom is a friend of me.
_____3.Jim house is as big as mine house.
_____4. My cat doesn’t sleep with me. It’s bed is in another room.
_____5.My answer for this question is different from his.
_____6.Do you have another umbrella? I forgot my at home.
_____7.Her hat is very expensive. Mine have a beautiful hat too.
_____8.Theirs restaurant is not as famous as ours.

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO


BÀI 9:Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây , sử dụng động từ khuyết thiếu “will” và động từ cho sẵn

Commute have become live see


Learn be build be produce

1. People _________________more overpasses to reduce traffic jam in crowed cities.


2. Bullet trains ___________very popular in the next 10 years.
3. My brother ________to ride a monowheel and my father will teach him.
4. They _______electricity from wave power.
5. More and more people ________by high-speed trains in the future.
6. There _______many skycrapers in the next 30 years.
7. If you break the speed limit, you _______ a car crash.
8. If you leave soon, you( not)_______ stuck in the gridlock.
9. we _____ many flying vehicles in the sky in the future.
10. Do you think that human beings_______ in outer space?
BÀI 10: SẮP XẾP CÁC TỪ CHO SẴN ĐỂ ĐƯỢC CÂU HOÀN CHỈNH
1. life/ easier/ think/ will/ in/ be/ I/ future/ the/ don’t.

2.of/This/friend/be/future/boy/a/ will/mine/in/the.

3.human being/will/technological/enable/development/live/to/better.

67
4.be/will/No/thinks/next/one/the/he/champion.

5.than /My/house/future/modern/his/ more/will/be.

6.no/in/street/the/the/be/will/There/next/years/20/carts/in.

7.cars/run/land/Future/will/and/underwater/on.

8.no longer/travel/horses/in/Will/or/people/camels/by/ the/ future?

Bài 11: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng


1.I think that Jim (will/won’t) go to school tomorrow because he’s sick.
2.Flying cars will (see/be seen) everywhere in the future.
3. Jim (will/ won’t) come to our party because he has a tight schedule.
4. Some scientists (think/will think) that the Earth (explodes/ will explode) in the future.
5. I don’t think that we will (make/be made) contact with the aliens in the future.
6.Jane thinks that there ( will/won’t)be traffic jam in the airways if every person owns a flying car in the future.
7.Inland waterways of the city will ( upgrade/be upgraded) soon .
8.It ( is/ will be) predicted that we ( will run/is run) out of fossil fuel in the future.
9.There ( is/will be)an overpass in my city now and I think they ( will build/are built) another nex year.
10.I hope that the problem of traffic jam will ( solve/ be solved ) as soon as possible.
BÀI 12: ĐIỀN ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG, TÍNH TỪ SỞ HỮU HOẶC ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU VÀO CHỖ
TRỐNG SAO CHO THÍCH HỢP.
1.Jane has already eaten her lunch, but I’m saving__________until late.
2.Mary has broken ______leg
3. My father and I will fix my bike tomorrow. ______was broken two days ago.
4.Peter will sell ______house. __________will move to another city.
5.We gave them _______telephone number, and they gave us_______________.
6. “ _________pencil is broken. Can I borrow _________?
7. Jim’s car is very old._______bought it two years ago. I bought ________car three years ago but mine still
looks better than ____________________.
8. Tom lives in England but _______________parents live in Spain.
9. Excuse me, is this _______bag, Anna?- “No, it’s __________
10. ‘ Is that Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s house?”- No, ________is in the next street’.

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 11
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. dear B. heart C. hear D. fear
2. A. stupid B. studio C. study D. student
3. A. brother B. thick C. they D. that
4. A. cheer B. parachute C. champagne D. machine
5. A. doctor B. hospital C. pollution D. tomorrow
II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. flood B. typhoon C. groom D. balloon
2. A. hobby B. hour C. humor D. hole
3. A. dynamite B. terrify C. deny D. symbol
4. A. thunder B. earthquake C. gather D. healthy
5. A dump B. nuclear C. bulb D. plumber
III. Choose the correct answer.
1. I have to revise tonight because we are having/ will have an exam tomorrow.
2. I am remembering/ will remember this day for the rest of my life!
3. Do you go/ Are you going to Australia next Christmas?
4. I’m sure you are passing/ will pass your driving test. Don’t worry.

68
5. If you want me to. I will complain/ am going to complain to the manager about it.
6. Oscar says he is doing/ will do the washing-up after dinner.
7. I’m a bit scared because I am seeing/ will see the dentist this afternoon.
8. What are you going to do/ do you do this evening?
9. Shall you tell/ Will you tell Paul I’m sorry about yesterday?
10. My dad will grow/ is going to grow a beard, but my mum doesn’t like the idea.
IV. Choose the best one which fits the space to complete the sentence.
1. It isn’t hat. It’s . (mine, her)
2. books are here. are there. (ours, their)
3. These are shoes. Those are . (your, his)
4. This is sister. That’s . (his, my)
V. Complete the sentences. Use the correct possessive adjective or possessive pronoun.
1. Look at my hat. This hat is .
2. Peter has got a cat. That’s cat.
3. My brothers have got bikes. The bikes are .
4. You and Robbie have got scarves. These are scarves.
5. Paul has got a kite. The kite is .
6. Mum has got a new bag. That’s bag.
7. My friends and I have got sweets. The sweets are .
8. I’ve got I watch. This is watch.
VI. Supply the correct form of the word to complete the sentence.
1. We want to buy that will save money. (product)
2. These will conserve the earth’s resources. (innovate)
3. D.E Huges was the of microphone. (invent)
4. The price of has gone up again. (electric)
5. People in the countryside is . (friend)
6. If it doesn’t rain soon, there’ll be a great of water. (short)
7. Environmental is every body’s responsibility. (protect)
8. Taxi drivers have to have good on the street names. (know)
9. In the future, many buildings will be by solar energy. (hot)
10. My brother can repair electric very well. (apply)
VII. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions.
1. Life a big city is not so quiet as the country.
2. Most them are fond fiction books.
3. He’s familiar his topic.
4. Let’s get bookshop and have a look the section picture books.
5. It’s difficult walk the busy streets.
6. I’m afraid riding in busy streets.
7. I intend to buy something our house.
8. It’s very kind you to help me.
9. What are you doing? - Oh, I’m looking my pen.
10. These boys always laugh the newcomers.
5. pen is red. is blue. (hers, your)
VIII. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions to complete the sentences.
1. If you have a problem, ask help.
2. Can I speak you for a minute?
3. My children are afraid dogs.
4. This guide book is full useful information.
5. I agree you about most things, but not politics.
6. Don’t worry about the baby. I’ll look her while you’re out.
7. She fell her horse and hurt her wrist.
8. Don’t forget to turn the lights when you go to bed.
9. Put your warm coat. It’s cold today.
10. Could I try these shoes, please? Size nine.

69
IX. Read the text and fill in the blanks, use the words in the box.
journey passengers make successful
already carry will from
Martin Halstead is only 20 but he (1) owns an airline company. Alpha One Airways (2)
make its first flight on 14 December this year. The plane will fly (3) the Isle of
Man (an island between England and Ireland) to Edinburg, the capital of Scotland. It won’t (4)
a lot of passengers because it is a small plane. The (5) will take about 45 minutes. Tickets
will be cheap and (6) won’t get any food or drink on the flight. Will the company (7)
money? Nobody knows – but most people think that Martin Halstead will be (8) one
day.
X. Rewrite the sentences so that they have the same meaning as the original ones.
1. We will use renewable energy in the future.
Renewable energy ______________________________________________________
2. This is our school.
This school is__________________________________________________________
3. What is the distance between Vinh and Ha Noi city?
How__________________________________________________________________
4. I often walked to school when I was a student.
I used________________________________________________________________
5. Although they are short, they still love playing sports.
In spite of_____________________________________________________________
6. They will use solar energy to protect the environment.
Solar energy___________________________________________________________
7. Although she eats lots of food, she is still very slim.
In spite of_____________________________________________________________
8. What is the distance between Hanoi and HCM city?
How far_______________________________________________________________
9. I find English interesting.
I am _________________________________________________________________
10. Our roof will be fixed tomorrow.
They _________________________________________________________________
XI. Rewrite the sentences so that the meaning stays the same to the first.
1. The café has a lot of tables.
There _______________________________________________________
2. Theatre programmes usually have lots of information.
There is ______________________________________________________
3. London has more than thirty theaters.
There are ____________________________________________________
4. The garden has a swimming pool.
There _______________________________________________________
5. The system has both private and state schools.
There _______________________________________________________
6. I accomplished this task in three months.
It took _______________________________________________________
7. Jane spent three hours a week sorting out stamps.
Sorting out her stamps __________________________________________
8. The pictures that are taken will have to travel for three minutes before they reach the earth.
The pictures will take___________________________________________
9. She wrote the letter in thirty minutes.
It took _______________________________________________________
10. John finished his essay in two hours.
It took _______________________________________________________
XII. Find and correct the mistakes to complete the sentences.
70
1. London is a expensive city.
______________________________________________________________________
2. He is a most intelligent student in our class.
______________________________________________________________________
3. My father’s office are on the second floor.
______________________________________________________________________
4. Your new car is more cheaper than John’s.
______________________________________________________________________
5. Why does Suzie and Guy feel tired?
______________________________________________________________________
6. He left college when he is 17.
______________________________________________________________________
7. How long does it take you getting to school?
______________________________________________________________________
8. Craig starts work at eight o’clock yesterday.
______________________________________________________________________

TEST 2 UNIT 11
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. traffic B. same C. crash D. jam
2. A. let B. jet C. vehicle D. success
3. A. foot B. scooter C. shoot D. food
4. A. sky B. fly C. by D. hymn
5. A. vehicle B. rehearse C.helicopter D. perhaps
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
6. A. helicopter B. plane C. flying D. cars
7. A. underwater B. taxi C. submarine D. ocean
8. A. man B. driverless C. pilotless D. automatic
9. A. ship B. boat C. sailor D. train
10. A. driver B. pedal C. ride D. sail
III. Choose the correct answer.
11. People won’t use flying cars the year 2050.
A. before B. after C. during D. until
12. The city is facing serious problems.
A. pollution B. polluted C. pollute D. pollutant
13. We believe that urban transport pods can travel around 30kph.
A. with B. at C. in D. on
14. Do you think the price will increase next month?
A. fossil fuels B. gases C. fuel D. natural gases
15. We will use more energy in the future.
A. solar B. sunny C. sun D. sunlight
16. A jet pack doesn’t a lot of space.
A. have B. bring C. take D. occur
17. Which of transport do you think will be used in the future?
A. mean B. meaning C. meanings D. means
18. We are looking for types of vehicles that help us to avoid .
A. traffic B. traffic jam C. rush hours D. walking
19. The Segway, which is a vehicle, will be a success.
A. two-wheels B. two wheels
C. Two wheel D. two-wheeled
20. Which the Segway, the driver pulls the handle to go back or pushes it to go .
A. forward B. backward C. round D. fly
21. I think we have electric taxis very soon.
A. may B. might C. will D. would
22. With teleportation, you disappear at a place, and then in another place seconds later.
71
A. appears B. appeared C. reappear D. reappears
23. Every day over 1,000 new cars add to the city and the city of over 20 million people is getting more and
more .
A. expensive B. famous C. difficult D. gridlocked
24. My brother and I often come to school foot.
A. at B. in C. by D. on
25. Skycycling tubes will be easy .
A. drive B. to drive C. ride D. to ride
26. The white cat is Helen’s, and the black cat is .
A. my B. I C. mine D. of mine
27. We try to make the future green by using vehicles or kinds of energy that are .
A. environmentally friendly B. environment friendly
C. environmentally friendship D. environmental friendly
28. This is Linda’s hat, and those shoes are .
A. her B. hers C. our D. their
29. It will be to ride a jet pack in bad weather because it doesn’t have a roof.
A. enjoyable B. pleasant C. unpleasant D. comfortable
30. A sky safety system can help cars to traffic jams and crashes.
A. prevent B. have C. use D. take

IV. Complete the sentences with will or will not (won’t) and a suitable verb to make them true in your
opinion.
1. In ten years people on other planets.
2. One day people on holiday on the moon.
3. Flying cheaper in the future.
4. People in the future in cities under the sea.
5. There more wars in the future, and we will live in a peaceful world.
6. In twenty years’ time, there more traffic than now.
7. Our children and grandchildren until they are over one hundred.
8. Driverless cars cheap so that many people can afford them.
9. Flying cars that can change into helicopters a runway to take off.
10. Future planes faster than the speed of sound.
V. Choose the correct completion in the brackets.
1. Is this (your/ yours) pen?
2. Please give this dictionary to Mary. It’s (her/ hers) .
3. A: Don’t forget (your/ yours) hat. Here.
B: No, that’s not (my/ mine) hat. (My/ mine) is green.
4. A: Please take this wood carving as a present from me. Here you are. It’s (your/ yours)
.
B: Thank you.
5. A: Isn’t that the Smith’s car? That one over there. The blue one.
B: No, that’s not (their/ theirs) . (Their/ Theirs) car is dark
blue.
VI. Choose the correct completion in the brackets.
1. A: Nick really likes (his/ him) new bicycle. It is very light and fast. How do you
like (your/ yours)
B: (My / mine) is cheap, but it’s very reliable.
2. A: Excuse me. Is this (your/ yours) umbrella?
B: I don’t have an umbrella. Ask Ken. Perhaps it is (him/ his) .
3. A: When do (your/ yours) classes begin?
B: September 2nd. How about (your/ yours) ? When do (your/ yours)
begin?
A: (My/ Mine) begin on August 23rd.
4. A: Mary, (your/ yours) spaghetti sauce is delicious!

72
B: Thank you, but it’s not as good as (your/ yours) .
A: Oh, no. (Your/ Yours) is much better. It tastes as good as Anna’s
B: Do you like Anna’s spaghetti sauce? I think (her/ hers) is too salty.
A: Maybe. (My/ Mine) mother makes goods spaghetti sauce too. (Her/ Hers)
is thick and rich.
B: In truth, making spaghetti sauce is easy, but everyone’s sauce is just a little different.

VII. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in the box.
fly sail got off a traffic jam exercise got on
driving seat belt cycle ride parked train
1. I learned to a bike when I was six
2. David the taxi and gave the driver the address of his hotel
3. “Are you going by train?” “No, I’m .”
4. Tom the bus at the wrong bus top, so he walked from these to school.
5. She has to thousands of miles every year for her job.
6. Cycling is my favourite form of .
7. Do you know how to fasten your ?
8. Wouldn’t it be quicker to go by ?
9. He managed to the boat between the rocks.
10. I was stuck in for an hour yesterday.
11. A red truck was home through the park.
VIII. Complete the sentences with will or won’t.
1. In a few years everyone know how to use the Internet.
2. In the future people go to school or university. They study
at home using their computer.
3. Some teachers are worried that computers take their jobs one day.
4. In a few years, everyone speak English.
5. Chinese become the global language in the near future; it is English as far
as I know.
IX. Complete the conversation with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
Linda: Do you want to go on holiday to Viet Nam with me?
Susan: I don’t know
Linda: Come on. We (1. have) a great time. We (2. eat) good
food. We (3. meet) a lot of nice people. Your Vietnamese (4. get) better
and we (5. not spend) a lot of money.
Susan: Well …
Linda: It (6. not rain) and we (7. go) to Ha Noi and we (8. buy)
some cool clothes.
Susan: I think we (9. enjoy) beautiful landscapes in Viet Nam.
Linda: And we (10. try) pho and other traditional Viet Nam dishes.
X. Read the text and answer the following questions.
Up, up and away!
Martin Halstead is only 19, but he already owns an airline owns an airline company. Alpha One
Airways will make its first flight on 14 December this year. The plane will fly from the Isle of Man (an
island between England and Ireland) to Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland. It won’t carry a lot of passengers
because it is a small plane. The journey will take about 45 minutes. Tickets will be cheap and passengers
won’t get any food or drink on the flight. Will the company make money? Nobody knows – but most people
think that Martin Halstead will be successful one day.
1. When will Alpha One Airways make its first flight?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Where will the plane fly from?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Where will it fly to?

73
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. Will it carry a lot of passengers? Why or why not?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. How long will the journey take?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. Will the passengers get any food or drink?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XI. Read the text and answer the following questions.
It is a computer drawing of the plane of the future. British engineers and scientists have published plans
for a new hypersonic plane called the A2. It will be very fast. At the moment, a flight from London in the
UK to Sydney in Australia takes about twenty-one hours but with the A2 the same flight will take around
four hours.
The flight will fly at 4,500 kilometres per hour and will fly at an altitude of over 10,000 metres.
It will carry 300 passengers but it don’t have any windows because scientists haven’t found glass that is
strong enough. It will be better for the environment than other planes because the engines won’t produce
gases that cause pollution.
In the future, will people travel from London to Australia for the weekend? It’s possible! Both how
much will a ticket cost? The planners say that it won’t be very expensive – about £2,000. The A2 will be
ready for its first flight in 2020.
1. How long does it take the A2 plane to fly from London to Sydney?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. What is the speed of the plane?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. What is the altitude of the flight?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. How many passengers can it carry?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. How much does a ticket for the flight from London to Sydney cost?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XII. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
‘Sky Whale’ is a plane with four engines that can carries over 700 people. The airplane will exist for
short distances between cities. The technology will use eco-engines with energy recovery systems which are
able to feed back to the planes themselves.
With a capacity to transport a large number of passengers, like a train of high speed, ‘Sky Whale’ will
be a safer type of planes for the future.
We will also have supersonic planes which are transcontinental or transoceanic. They can fly at very
high altitudes more than 30,000 metres and at record speeds. The engines which can change according to the
situations are called intelligent engines.
True False
1. ‘Sky Whale’ can carry a large number of passengers.  
2. The airplane will be used for long distances between cities because it has four engines.  
3. ‘Sky Whale’ can travel at a high speed.  
4. Transcontinental planes can fly at the maximum altitude of 3,000 metres and at record  
speeds.
5. Intelligent engines are the ones that can change according to the situations.  
XIII. Read the text and answer the following questions.
AeroMobil is a beautiful flying car. It can be changed very quickly from a car to a plane only about
minutes, and it can give you freedom to move. AeroMobil is a flying car that can use roads for cars and
runways for planes. As a car, it can fit in any standard parking space, use regular gasoline, and can be used
in road traffic just like any other car. As a plane, it can use airport in the world, but can also take off and land
using any grass trip or paved surface just a new hundred meters long.
1. What is AeroMobil?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. What can it give you?
_______________________________________________________________________________
74
3. How long does it take AeroMobil to change from a car to a plane?
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What characteristics does AeroMobil have as a car?
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. When can AeroMobil take off or land besides an airport?
_______________________________________________________________________________
XIV. Write a short paragraph about a future means of transport, using the cues given.
Driverless cabs
1. Computer-controlled pods/ take/ you/ wherever/ you/ want along a fixed route/ whenever/ want/ go.
_______________________________________________________________________________
2. People/ ride/ speed of 25mph.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3. There/ be little wait/ for use/ the cabs/ will leave from stations/ and/ be accessed/ by prepaid smartcards.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. The cabs/ which/ travel/ a 1.5m-wide track/ use 75% less energy per passenger/ a car/ and/ 50% less/ a
bus.
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. They/ already test/ 160 driverless cabs/ since 2006/ and/ many investors/ politicians/ support/ the idea.
_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

UNIT 12: AN OVERCROWDED WORLD


(MỘT THẾ GIỚI QUÁ ĐÔNG ĐÚC)
A. VOCABULARY

1. affect (v) /ə'fekt/: Tác động, ảnh hưởng


2. block (v) /blɑ:k/: Gây ùn tắc
3. cheat (v) /tʃi:t/: Lừa đảo
4. crime (n) /kraim/: Tội phạm
5. criminal (n) /'kriminəl/: Kẻ tội phạm
6. density (n) /'densiti/: Mật độ dân số
7. diverse (adj) /dai'və:s/: Đa dạng
8. effect (n) /i'fekt/: Kết quả
9. explosion (n) /iks'plouƷ ən/: Bùng nổ
10. flea market (n) /fli:'mɑ:kit/: Chợ trời
11. hunger (n) /'hʌɳgər/: Sự đói khát
12. major (adj) /'meiʤər/: Chính, chủ yếu, lớn
13. malnutrition (n) /,mælnju:'triʃən/: Bệnh suy dinh dưỡng
14. megacity (n) /'megəsiti/: Thành phố lớn
15. overcrowded (Adj) /,ouvə'kraudid/: Quá đông đúc
16. poverty (n) /'pɔvəti/: Sự nghèo đói
17. slum (n) /slʌm/: Khu ổ chuột
18. slumdog (n) /slʌmdɔg/: Kẻ sống ở khu ổ chuột
19. space (n) /speis/: Không gian
20. spacious (Adj) /'speiʃəs/: Rộng rãi

B. GRAMMAR
I. SO SÁNH VỀ SỐ LƯỢNG VỚI “MORE/LESS/FEWER”(COMPARISONS OF
QUANTIFIERS)
75
1. Các lượng từ “more/less/fewer” (nhiều hơn/ ít hơn/ ít hơn)
- More (nhiều hơn): là dạng so sánh hơn của “many” và “much”.
- Less, fewer (ít hơn): “less” là biến đổi của “little”, còn “fewer” là biến đổi của “few”.
- “more” dùng để so sánh số lượng vật này nhiều hơn vật kia, còn “fewer” và “less” được dùng để so sánh
số lượng vật này ít hơn vật kia.

2. Cấu trúc
So sánh (Danh từ đếm …+ more+ danh từ + than+…
được và danh từ không VD: The countryside has more trees than a big city. (Vùng quê có
đếm được) nhiều cây hơn thành phố lớn.)
This city has more traffic than that one.
(Thành phố này có xe cộ đi lại nhiều hơn thành phố kia.)
So sánh kém (Danh từ …+ fewer + danh từ đếm được số nhiều (-s/es) + than+…
đếm được) VD: The countryside has fewer problems trees than a big city. (Vùng
quê có ít vấn đề hơn thành phố lớn)
So sánh kém (Danh từ …+ less + danh từ không đếm được + than+…
không đếm được) VD: I have less money than you. (Tôi có ít tiền hơn bạn)

B. BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 1: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. I have (less/ fewer) pocket money than my brother.
2. He eats (less/ fewer) vegetables and fruit than his wife.
3. The doctor advised the kid to eat (less/ fewer) sweets to be healthy.
4. There are (less/ fewer) cars in this town than in my city.
5. Mr. Smith does (less/ fewer) exercise than he should.
6. She has (less/ fewer) patience than her coworker.
7. I have (less/ fewer) time to spend on relaxing than my sister.
8. Peter wants to have (less/ fewer) business trips because he has become seriously weak.
9. She has (less/ fewer) work to do than me.
10. The students have (less/ fewer) days to finish the project.
11. Jack is advised to smoke (less/ fewer) cigarettes.
12. Jane has (less/ fewer) friends than Jim.
13. My city has (less/ fewer) friends than Jim.
14. There are (less/ fewer) tourists this year.
15. Peter has (less/ fewer) toys than his sibings.
Bài 2: Điền “more/less/fewer” vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
1. My company has ____________ employees than your company because mine has about one hundred
employees but yours has almost two hundred.
2. Jim learns better than Jane. He has ____________ good grades than Jane.
3. Because of water pollution, nowadays there is ____________ fresh water than in the past.
4. My neighborhood is more peacefull than your neighborhood. Yours has criminal cases than mine.
5. There are ____________ industrial emissions in the city than in the countryside.
6. Nowadays people spend ____________ money on education than in the past.
7. I hope this year we will harvest ____________ rice than last year, so we won’t be worried about famine.
8. Many people are moving to the city because there are ____________ job opportunities there than in the
countryside.
9. The government are trying to raise the living standards of people. I think that there will be
____________ slum areas in the future.
10. Underdeveloped countries have to deal with ____________ problems than developed countries.
Bài 3: Nối mệnh đề ở cột A với mệnh đề ở cột B sao cho hợp lý.
A B
1. This year, we grow more a. in the city than in the countryside.
2. Fresh graduates often have less b. exciting experiences than his friends.
76
3. There are fewer trế c. pets than anyone else in her class
4. Jim has more d. working experience than other employees.
5. Today Jane shows less e. flowers than we grew last year.
6. My borther has to cope with more f. sheep in the farm now than before.
7. Joana owns more g. problems than me.
8. There are more h. confidence than she usually does.
1- _______ 2- _______ 3- _______ 4-_______
5- _______ 6-_______ 7-_______ 8- _______
Bài 4: Dựa vào câu cho trước, viết câu so sánh với “more/less/fewer”.
0. Today I ate one slide of bread.
Today I ate less bread than yesterday.
1. My school has about two thousand students. Jane’s school has more than three thousand student.
__________________________________________________________________
2. I have only one science book but my brother has up to ten science books.
__________________________________________________________________
3. There is only one library in her town but there are many libraries in my city.
__________________________________________________________________
4. Yesterday I drank too much wine but Jane just drank a little.
__________________________________________________________________

5. We can find several skyscrapers in the city but we hardly find one in the rural area.
__________________________________________________________________

6. I think you can finish two tasks and Jane can finish one task today.
__________________________________________________________________
7. Maria has been to 4 countries in the world and I have been to 6 countries.
__________________________________________________________________
8. This week my mother bought 3 littles of milk. Last week she bought 6 littles.
__________________________________________________________________
9. My watch cost a lot of money but her watch was even more expensive than mine.
__________________________________________________________________

10. This year they will plant two hundred trees along the streets. Last year they only planted one hundred
trees.
__________________________________________________________________
Bài 5: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau đây và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. Now there are more people in this village as in the past.
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Jonh has more patient than I expected.
_____________________________________________________________________
3. My brother’s house has fewer modern equipments than mine.
_____________________________________________________________________
4. Today Kim showed fewer confidence than usual.
_____________________________________________________________________
5. There are fewer mouse in this house than there used to be.
_____________________________________________________________________
6. There fishermen caught less fish yesterday than usual.
_____________________________________________________________________
7. You may have to face more problem than your colleague.
_____________________________________________________________________
8. Jim has less time to complete his assignment than.
_____________________________________________________________________

77
CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI (TAG QUESTIONS)

1. Định nghĩa và cách dùng


Định Câu hỏi đuôi là một câu hỏi ngắn, được thêm vào cuối câu trần thuật, đứng đằng sau
nghĩa dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
You like mushrooms, don’t you?
(Bạn thích nấm phải không?)
He isn’t a doctor, is he?
(Anh ấy không phải là một bác sĩ phải không?)
It’s a table, isn’t it?
(Nó là một cái bàn phải không?)
Cách Trong văn nói, ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi tùy thuộc vào cách diễn đạt.
dùng - Nếu xuống giọng ở câu hỏi đuôi thì có nghĩa là không thật sự đặt câu hỏi, chỉ
muốn người nghe đồng ý với mình.
- Nếu lên giọng ở câu hỏi đuôi, thì đó là câu hỏi thực sự.

2. Cách thành lập câu hỏi đuôi tương ứng với các mệnh đề trần thuật
Cấu trúc Auxiliary/ To be/ Modal verb (not) + Subject
Trong đó Auxiliary(trợ động từ) như do/ dose/did, have/has
Động từ tobe: am/ is/ are, was/were
Modal verb (động từ khuyết thiếu) như can, could, must…
Subject (chủ ngữ) như he, she, it…
Trường Nếu câu trần thuật là câu khẳng định, câu hỏi đuôi phải ở thể phủ định.
hợp 1 Hình thức phủ định thường được rút gọn (not = n’t)
Ví dụ:
- She is reading book, isn’t she? (Cô ấy đang đọc sách, phải không?)
- Mr. Nam can speak English well, can’t he? (Ông Nam có thể nói tiếng Anh tốt,
phải không?)
- They did the test yesterday, didn’t they? (Họ đã làm bài kiểm tra vào hôm qua
phải không?)
- Your sister can swim, can’t she? (Chị gái của bạn biết bơi, phải không?)
Trường Nếu câu trần thuật là câu phủ định, câu hỏi đuôi phải ở thể khẳng định.
hợp 2 Ví dụ:
- Nga isn’t a student, is she? (Nga không phải là học sinh, phải không?)
- I shouldn’t smoke here, should I? (Tôi không nên hút thuốc ở đây, phải không?)
- Her parents don’t work in this company, do they? (Bố mẹ cô ấy không làm việc
ở công ty này, phải không?)
- They don’t have to go to school, do they? (Họ không phải đi tới trường phải
không?)
Chú ý Nếu trong câu trần thuật có trợ động từ hoặc động từ to be thì trợ động từ này được lặp
lại trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Ví dụ:
- She was a writer,wasn’t she?
- Miss Lan will go to Ho Chi Minh next month, won’t she?
- They didn’t meet him last night, did they?
Nếu câu trần thuật không có trợ động từ, dùng trợ động từ tương ứng với thì của câu
trần thuật như do/ dose/did, have/has…
- He lives in Hanoi city, doesn’t he?
- You came here, didn’t you?
- They watch TV every evening, don’t they?
Trường Câu hỏi đuôi của I am là aren’t I- nhưng nếu là I am nôt thì vẫn dùng am I?
hợp đặc Ví dụ: I am wrong, aren’t I? (Tôi sai, phải không?)
biệt I’m not wrong, am I? (Tôi không sai, phải không)
78
Câu trả Yes nếu đồng ý với câu trần thuật ở trên.
lời đối với No nếu không đồng ý với ý kiến ở câu trần thuật.
dạng câu Ví dụ:
hỏi đuôi Your sister is married, isn’t she?
Yes, she has just married./ No, of couse she isn’t.
Tuy nhiên, cần chú ý câu trả lời Yes/No trong câu trả lời đối với câu hỏi phủ định.
Ví dụ:
You’re not going out today, are you? (Hôm nay bạn không đi chơi phải không?)
Yes. (=Yes, I am going out) Có. (Có, tôi có đi chơi)
No. (No, I am not going out) Không. (= Không, tôi không đi chơi)
3. Các bước lần lượt thành lập câu hỏi đuôi
Bước 1: Xác định thì của mệnh đề chính.
Bước 2: Xác định loại động từ có trong câu: động từ thường, động từ khuyết thiếu hay động từ to be.
Bước 3: Xác định mệnh đề chính là câu khẳng định hay phủ định.
Nếu mệnh đề chính là câu khẳng định câu hỏi đuôi là câu phủ định.
Nếu mệnh đề chính là câu phủ định câu hỏi đuôi là câu khẳng định.
Bước 4: Thay đổi đại từ trong câu hỏi đuôi nếu cần.
Dưới đây là một vài ví dụ:
Câu trần thuật phủ định, Câu trần thuật khẳng định,
câu hỏi đuôi khẳng định. câu hỏi đuôi phủ định.
You aren’t a teacher, are you? You are a student, aren’t you?
He isn’t crazy, is he? He is very busy, isn’t he?
They weren’t late, were they? They were surprised, weren’t they?
You don’t speak French, do you? You speak English, don’t you?
You haven’t been here all week, have you? You have studied all week, haven’t you?
You won’t fail the exam, will you? You will pass the exam, won’t you?
She can’t drive a car, can she? She can speak two languages can’t she?
We mustn’t say anything, must we? We must be patient, mustn’t we?

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN


Bài 6: Điền một chủ ngữ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau.
1. They are going home from school, aren’t____________?
2. John didn’t do the washing yesterday, did ____________?
3. We couldn’t buy a new car, could ____________?
4. Kevin will arrive here before 4 o’clock, won’t ____________?
5. I am not good- looking, am ____________?
6. James is from England, isn’t ____________?
7. The car isn’t in the garage, is ____________?
8. You are Ann, aren’t ____________?
9. His father took him to the zoo yesterday, didn’t ____________?
10. Our neighbors have moved here, haven’t ____________?

Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.


1. She is collecting seashells, (is/isn’t) she?
2. We often play soccer in the afternoon, (do/don’t) we?
3. You weren’t recognized, (were/ weren’t) you?
4. Your father (has/hasn’t) cleaned your bike, hasn’t he?
5. John and Jim (like/don’t like) scary movies, don’t they?
6. You (can/can’t) win this competition, can you?
7. She is watching TV downstairs, (isn’t/doesn’t) she?
8. The journey to the South cost a lot of money, (doesn’t/ didn’t) it?
9. You won’t lie to me, (will/do) you?
10. Josh and John have met each other, (haven’t/don’t) they?
79
11. She’s from a small town in Thailand, (doesn’t/isn’t)she?
12. I am intelltgent, (amn’t / aren’t) I?
13. We’re late again, (/ aren’t) we?
14. They are going to France this summer, (aren’t/ don’t) they?
15. She didn’t use to work in a hotel, (did/does) she?
16. You must obey the rule, (don’t/mustn’t) you?
17. They need some new clothes, (needn’t/ don’t) they?
18. Jim and his wife live in a tiny flat, (doesn’t/ don’t) they?
19. Mary studies very hard every night, (doesn’t/ did) she?
20. This table is made wood, (isn’t/ doesn’t) it?
21. There are 30 students in your class, (aren’t/ don’t) there?
22. You shouldn’t take in too much sugar, (do/ should) you?
23. David and James will be learning Japanese at this time next week, (aren’t/ won’t) they?
24. She doesn’t cook very often, (do/does) she?
25. Jim hurt this leg yesterday, (doesn’t/ didn’t) he?
Bài 8: Điền các câu hỏi đuôi cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
aren’t don’t we is she does he will they
is she did it won’t they wasn’t he isn’t she
1. Your parents will pick you up today, ____________?
2. Mary isn’t sleeping now, ____________?
3. My cat didn’t come home yesterday, ____________?
4. My brother was ill yesterday, ____________?
5. I am right, ____________?
6. We often go fishing in the weekend, ____________?
7. They won’t destroy this building, ____________?
8. Jim doesn’t like collecting stamps, ____________?
9. Your grandmother is watering flowers, ____________?
10. She isn’t your sister, ____________?
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau đây.
1. It is your cat, ____________?
2. This umbrella is yours, ____________?
3. You won’t leave the party early, ____________?
4. We went to a Japanese restaurant yesterday, ____________?
5. You mustn’t press this button, ____________?
6. They haven’t found their keys, ____________?
7. Anne and Tom often play badminton with each other, ____________?
8. Peter is listening to music upstairs, ____________?
9. The students must finish their homework, ____________?
10. It will be snowing at this time next week, ____________?
11. I can leave now, ____________?
12. My classmates and I will be learning English at 8 a.m, tomorrow, ____________?
13. You didn’t attend the meeting, ____________?
14. The sheep are grazing in the fields, ____________?
15. Josh should pay attention to his health condition, ____________?
16. His father was an employee of this company ten years ago, ____________?
17. My mother doesn’t like my untidiness, ____________?
18. James will go camping with us tomorrow, ____________?
19. Your bike is broken, ____________?
20. You were terrified by the thunder, ____________?
21. They didn’t expect me to appear at the meeting, ____________?
22. It is important to be on time, ____________?
23. This doctor hasn’t worked in the local hospital for 2 months, ____________?
24. We have been to New York, ____________?
25. James could win the match yesterday, ____________?
80
Bài 10: Đánh dấu [√] trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu [X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
_________ 1. You can afford time to come to our party, can you?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 2. He put sugar on my coffee, doesn’t he?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 3. They won’t let me take photos here, will?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 4. This song is catchy, isn’t this?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 5. Your mother’s bought you a new dress, isn’t she?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 6. Someone mistook you for a famous singer, didn’t they?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 7. Josh practices singing every day, does he?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 8. There isn’t any parks near here, is there?
_____________________________________________________________________
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin có trong bảng cho sẵn, sử dụng “more/less/fewer” để so sánh trường
học của Jane và Peter.
Number of Jane’s school Peter’s school
0. Student 2 thousand 1.5 thousand
1. Building 5 4
2. Classroom 280 190
3. Classroom equipment Computer, projector, ceiling fans Computer, projector,
loudspeakers, air- con, fans
4. Student club 6 9
5. Time for self- studying 10 hours a week 8 hours a week
0. Jane’s school has less students than Peter’s school.
1. _____________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________________________________
Bài 12: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng
“more/less/fewer”.
0. There are more street lights on this road than that road.
There are fewer street lights on that road than this road.
1. There were fewer criminal cases in my country 3 years ago than now.
__________________________________________________________________
2. There are more wealthy people in big cities than in the countryside.
__________________________________________________________________
3. My city has fewer slums than yours.
__________________________________________________________________
4. The standards of living in the cities shows more improvement than in the rural areas.
__________________________________________________________________
5. Old factories produce more carbon dioxide emissions than modern factories.
__________________________________________________________________
6. There are less arable land in the city than in the countryside.
__________________________________________________________________
7. Are there more health centres in my city now than ten years ago?
__________________________________________________________________

81
8. People in developed countries spend more money on health care and education than in the
underdeveloped countries.
__________________________________________________________________
Bài 13: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau:
1. No one will reveal my secrets, ____________?
2. Everyone in the room is staring at me, ____________?
3. A bridge will be built here next year, ____________?
4. There aren’t any slums in your city, ____________?
5. Someone has eaten my cake, ____________?
6. The Smiths will travel back to their hometown next summer, ____________?
7. There will be more skyscrapers in our city, ____________?
8. You have been to Paris, ____________?
9. Jim should do more research on this topic, ____________?
10. In the past, rabies was an incurable disease, ____________?
11. A conference on population explosion will be held tomorrow, ____________?
12. You didn’t use to walk to school, ____________?
13. Your pets are fed by your mom everyday, ____________?
14. Air pollution is caused by carbon dioxide emissions from factories and vehicles, ____________?
15. You used to be a teacher, ____________?
Bài 14. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết mệnh đề trần thuật và câu hỏi đuôi của nó.
0. You/ go shopping/ with your mother tomorrow.
You will go shopping with your mother tomorrow, won’t you.
1. Mr. Smith/ not come/ home/ yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________
2. Your parents/ be/ at home/ now.
__________________________________________________________________
3. It/ not rain/ tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________
4. Jim/ not do/ his homework/yet.
__________________________________________________________________
5. Jane’s cat/ sleep/ now
__________________________________________________________________
6. Mary and Jim/ can/ speak/ both English and French.
__________________________________________________________________
7. Peter/ live/ here/ for 5 years.
__________________________________________________________________
8. These shoes/ cost/ a lot of money.
__________________________________________________________________
9. You sisters/ look after/ your grandparents/ now.
__________________________________________________________________
10. I/ must/ go home/ now.
__________________________________________________________________

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 12
I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.
1. A. disease B. service C. standard D. tourist
2. A. agriculture B. industrial C. behavior D. economy
3. A. nutrition B. consider C. experience D. atmosphere
4. A. consider B. industry C. million D. density
5. A. economic B. community C. population D. overcrowded
II. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern.
1. A. megacity B. education C. overcrowded D. malnutrition
2. A. enough B. affect C. narrow D. require

82
3. A. peaceful B. labour C. diverse D. wealthy
4. A. physician B. criminal C. average D. skyscraper
5. A. homeless B. violence C. skyscraper D. describe
III. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. density B. countryside C. reason D. list
2. A. sugar B. slum C. cutting D. luck
3. A. fact B. place C. malnutrition D. traffic
4. A. spacious B. delicious C. social D. decision
5. A. decrease B. healthcare C. sea D. disease
IV. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentences.
1. The children can read English, ?
A. can’t they B. can they C. they can D. they can’t
2. Overcrowded places have a lot of problems, ?
A. doesn’t it B. have they C. don’t they D. does they
3. The immigrants will hardly find accommodation in the city, ?
A. will it B. won’t it C. will they D. won’t they
4. Disease spreads more quickly in overcrowded areas, ?
A. doesn’t it B. is it C. isn’t it D. does it
5. Your brother’s here, ?
A. is he B. are he C. isn’t he D. aren’t he
6. When people live in a small lace, life can be very difficult.
A. too much B. too many C. a few D. few
7. Living in the country is healthier than that in the city because in the countryside, there is
traffic.
A. more B. less C. Higher D. fewer
8. Tom didn’t see her, ?
A. did Tom B. did he C. do Tom D. does he
9. Children in the slums have more diseases than in wealthy areas.
A. those B. Ø C. them D. that
10. People move to the city with the hope that they can get food and better healthcare.
A. less B. fewer C. more D. bigger
V. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word.
1. Don’t leave anything behind, ?
A. do you B. don’t you C. will you D. shall we
2. Overpopulation problems both the rich and the poor.
A. happen B. affect C. cause D. reduce
3. Rio de Janeiro is a very culturally city.
A. different B. same C. diverse D. diversity
4. That isn’t Bill driving, ?
A. is it B. isn’t it C. is that D. isn’t that
5. I think in the future cities will be more crowded and the traffic will get .
A. good B. well C. worst D. worse
6. The major cause of death for children living in the slums is .
A. density B. illiteracy C. immigration D. malnutrition
7. Susan doesn’t like oysters, ?
A. did she B. does she C. doesn’t she D. she does
8. Diseases more quickly in overcrowded areas.
A. come B. travel C. move D. spread
9. It’s very in the city. Some rich people live in large villas, while many poor people live in
small slums.
A. diverse B. equal C. spacious D. healthy
10. Mary wasn’t angry, ?
A. was she B. is she C. wasn’t she D. was Mary
11. In Manila, over 30% of the population lives in .

83
A. poverty B. schooling C. crops D. shortage
12. Some poor people may crime when they need money.
A. involve B. arrive C. commit D. accept
13. Your grandfather was a millionaire, ?
A. was he B. is he C. wasn’t he D. isn’t she
14. Everyone is ready for the game, ?
A. aren’t they B. is there C. is it D. isn’t it
15. The city has to find to homeless people immediately.
A. earnings B. systems C. calories D. solutions
VI. The word at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits
suitably in the blank.
1. The first symptom of the disease is a very high TEMPERATE
.
2. The long hot summer has led to serious water SHORT
.
3. To have hundreds of people sleeping in HOME the
streets of a rich city like London is a crime.
4. Average for skilled workers are rising. EARN
5. We lived in rented before buying ACCOMMODATE this
house.
6. Drought has many countries in Africa AFFECT after a
long period of dry weather.
7. Nuclear power can be used for or PEACE
military purposes.
8. The government is trying to limit population . GROW
9. A megacity is a very large city with big . POPULAR
10. Healthcare workers who offer care to MEDICINE others
are some of the lowest paid people in the country.
VII. Complete each of the following sentences with a correct question tag.
1. Mr. White is a tailor, ?
2. I think that is an overcrowded bus, ?
3. Mr. Vinh is a teacher, ?
4. Your grandparents don’t prefer living in the city, ?
5. It isn’t ready yet, ?
6. The tourists will never be allowed to visit the slums again, ?
7. I am clever, ?
8. He’s unable to solve that problem alone, ?
9. We must hurry, ?
10. Dai Dong used to be a fishing village with only three thousand people, ?
VIII. Complete each of the following sentences with a correct question tag.
1. They won’t stop long, ?
2. His brother has lived in Jakarta for more than ten years, ?
3. You asked for mustard, ?
4. These houses cannot provide enough accommodation, ?
5. He speaks too quickly, ?
6. Your sister works for a big foreign company in the city, ?
7. He will arrive soon, ?
8. There were nearly one million people living in this city in 2010, ?
9. The milk may be sour, ?
10. We shouldn’t go to those streets when it turns dark, ?

IX. Add question tags to the following statements.


1. Baird didn’t produce the first TV picture before 1920, ?
2. There are many interesting programs tonight, ?

84
3. Linh didn’t feel confident in her favorite clothes, ?
4. The two cities are not the same in some ways, ?
5. Her listening isn’t excellent, ?
6. Maryam couldn’t stay for longer time, ?
7. My sister has to make this room tidy, ?
8. This poet has mentioned the Ao Dai in poems, ?
9. Lan used to walk past the mosque on her way to primary school, ?
10. Nobody wrote poems yesterday, ?
X. Fill in each blank with fewer, less, more or some.
1. Minh has patience than Nam.
2. So far I’ve saved money than my close friend.
3. She drinks water than me.
4. Phong has visited countries than Mai.
5. They give me money.
6. Next year, we will have homework.
7. She has free time than this year.
8. Let’s wait for minutes and try to call her again.
9. We prefer living in the countryside because it has pollution than the city.
10. There used to be unemployed people in this city five years ago.
XI. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the blanket.
crime caused fewer better becomes
prices provide exceeds between more
Overpopulation is an undesirable condition where the number of existing human population (1)
the carrying capacity of Earth. Overpopulation is (2) by a number of factors such as reduced
mortality rate, (3) medical facilities, and depletion of precious resources.
The effects of overpopulation are quite severe. One of these is rise in unemployment. When a country (4)
overpopulated, it gives rise to unemployment as there are (5) jobs to
support a large number of people. Rise in unemployment gives rise to (6) as people will steal
various items to feed their family and (7) them basic amenities of life.
High cost of living is another effect. As difference (8) demand and supply continues to
expand due to overpopulation, it raises the (9) of various commodities including food,
shelter and healthcare. This means that people have to pay (10) to survive and feed their
families.
XII. Read the text carefully, and then answer the question below.
Mumbai, which is located in the western coast of India, is the capital of Maharashtra state. It is home to
Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry, and the film “Slumdog Millionaire” was based there. Poor
people have to live in slums. In the slum, people have to live with many problems. People have to go to the
toilets in the streets and there are open sewers. Children play among sewage wastes and doctors deal with 4,000
cases of death a day because of lack of hygiene.
Next to the open sewers are water pipes which can crack and take in sewage. Dharavi slum is based around
this area. There are toxic wastes in the slum including hugely dangerous heavy metals. Dharavi is made of 12
different neighbourhoods and there are no maps or road signs. The further you walk into Dharavi from the edge,
the more crowded area becomes. People live in very small slums, often with many members of their extended
families.
1. Where are the toilets in the slum?
______________________________________________________________________
2. Where is Mumbai?
______________________________________________________________________
3. Is Mumbai famous for the film industry? Why or why not?
______________________________________________________________________
4. How many neighbourhoods are there in Dharavi?
______________________________________________________________________
5. What happens to water pipes in Dharavi?
______________________________________________________________________
85
XIII. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
The Philippines has one of the fastest growing populations in Southeast Asia. From having fifty million
inhabitants in 1980, the Philippines today is home to around ninety-eight million people with 12 million living
in Manila only.
Manila, the Philippine capital, is one of the most overpopulated places on earth. There are few other areas
where so many people live so closely together: On average there are 66,140 people per square kilometer, but in
some slum regions there are as many as 90,000 people living per square kilometer.
The world overpopulation is a growing and complex problem. But for the residents of Manila the result is
quite simple. They are running out of space. Families live in home-made shacks built in cemeteries, of between
railroad tracks or under bridges. They live wherever they can find some space. Even the city’s toxic garbage
dumps are home to people who eat, sleep and live surrounded by rotting trash. With so many residents, the
city’s resources are strained to the limit. Large parts of Manila’s 12 million residents lack clean drinking water,
work, and access to healthcare and education.
1. What is the average density in manila?
______________________________________________________________________
2. What do most of manila’s residents lack?
______________________________________________________________________
3. What was the population of the Philippines in 1980?
______________________________________________________________________
4. Where do homeless people in manila live?
______________________________________________________________________
5. How many inhabitants are there in manila?
XIV. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. Jakarta doesn’t have as many skyscrapers as Shanghai.
→ Shanghai................................................................................................................
2. You forgot to turn off the T.V last night, didn’t you?
→ You didn’t remember............................................................................................?
3. The countryside doesn’t suffer as much pollution as the city.
→ The countryside.....................................................................................................
4. I think you should go to work by bike.
→ Who don’t.............................................................................................................?
5. New York has more billionaires than Tokyo.
→ Tokyo ...................................................................................................................
6. We will plant more trees along this street.
→ More trees.............................................................................................................
7. Does overpopulation cause a lot of social problems in this area?
→ Overpopulation ....................................................................................................?
8. Is pollution the most serious problem?
→ Pollution is............................................................................................................?
9. A group of foreigners visited the slums last week, didn’t they?
→ Did.........................................................................................................................?
10. Mr Lam lived in the country when he was a child.
→ Mr Lam used.........................................................................................................
TEST 2 UNIT 12
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. healthcare B. disease C. decrease D. sea
2. A. malnutrition B. traffic C. fact D. place
3. A. slum B. cutting C. sugar D. luck
4. A. social B. decision C. spacious D. delicious
5. A. reason B. list C. density D. countryside
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
6. A. million B. density C. consider D. industry
7. A. skyscraper B. describe C. homeless D. violence
8. A. diverse B. wealthy C. peaceful D. labour
9. A. overcrowded B. malnutrition C. megacity D. education
86
10. A. industrial B. behaviour C. agriculture D. economy
III. Choose the correct answer.
11. Rio de Janeiro is a very culturally city.
A. diverse B. diversity C. different D. same
12. The schoolyard is very small, so there isn’t enough for students to play in.
A. rooms B. land C. space D. ground
13. Diseases more quickly in overcrowded areas.
A. move B. spread C. come D. travel
14. In Manila, over 30% of the population lives in .
A. crops B. shortage C. poverty D. schooling
15. Children in the slums have more diseases than in wealthy areas.
A. them B. that C. those D.∅
16. People move to big cities for a better .
A. standard of living B. Standard living C. standard life D. life of standard
17. When people live in a small place, life can be very difficult.
A. a few B. few C. too much D. too many
18. Everyone is ready for the game, ?
A. is it B. Isn’t he C. aren’t they D. is there
19. Overcrowded places have a lot of problems, ?
A. don’t they B. does it C. doesn’t it D. have they
20. People living in the slums never get good healthcare, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. are they D. aren’t they
IV. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in the box.
hunger flea market poverty slums malnutrition
explosion overpopulation density living standard spacious
1. There are million of people in that African country who are living in because they
have no jobs.
2. There has been a shortage of food for a long time because of failure of crops and people are suffering
from .
3. is one of the country’s most pressing social problems.
4. She was brought up in the of Dharavi.
5. The hotel rooms are and comfortable.
6. In Africa many people die of each year.
7. Hong Kong has a high population , over six thousand/ km2.
8. A is an outdoor market that sells second-hand goods at low prices.
9. The government has had to take measures to stop the population .
10. The in many developing countries is low.
V. Match the word or phrase with their meaning and write the answer in each blank.
Answers A B
1. slump A. the number of people in a place in relation to its area
2. overpopulation B. a market usually held outdoors
3. overcrowded C. a very large city, typically one with a population of over
10 million
4. malnutrition D. the sudden increase in the number of people in the
country or in the world
5. poverty E. an area of a city where living conditions are extremely
bad
6. megacity F. with too many people
7. destiny G. large in size
8. spacious H. the state of having very little money
9. flea market I. a situation in which too many people live in a certain
area
87
10. population J. bad health that is the result of not having enough food
explosion
VI. Complete the sentences with the words or phrases in the box.
drought megacity healthcare peaceful shortage
growth crime earnings disease accommodation
1. The first symptom of the is a very high temperature.
2. The long hot summer has led to serious water .
3. To have hundreds of homeless people sleeping in the streets of a rich city like London is a

4. Average for skilled workers are rising.


5. We lived in rented before buying this house.
6. has affected many countries in Africa a long period of dry weather.
7. Nuclear power can be used for or military purposes.
8. The government is trying to limit population .
9. A is a very large city with big population.
10. workers who offer medical care to others are some of the lowest paid people in
the country.
VII. Fill in each blank with fewer or less.
1. Ba works hours than Hoa a day.
2. Ba spends money on books than Nam.
3. They are very tired. They can do exercises this evening.
4. I am very tired, too. I will do work tonight.
5. They get money than us.
6. Hoa likes her new life in Ha Noi now. She writes letters home.
7. You should spend time playing computer games.
8. They have days off than anyone in the factory.
9. Lan drinks water than Hoa a day.
10. There are trees along the streets in the new town.
VIII. Fill in each blank with the correct word: more, fewer or less.
1. The weather in winter is worse than that in summer. People get colds in summer than in winter.
2. The new law limits smoking in public. There are places where people can smoke.
3. We are lucky. We work hours than any workers.
4. This factory has workers than any workers.
5. Farmers have time off than workers. Farmers work harder than workers.
6. There are cars in the streets at this time. The traffic is so heavy.
7. Class 7A has 42 students, and Class B has only 38 students. Class 7A has students than
Class 7B.
8. Lan has homework than Hoa.
9. fruits are now in season in the south. There are plenty of fruits now.
10. I think we don’t have many publish holidays. We ought to have .
IX. Put a tag question at the end of the sentences.
1. In big cities, life can become very difficult and unpleasant, ?
2. The world will soon become overpopulated, ?
3. The number of English speakers is increasing very quickly, ?
4. Jeju Island looks very peaceful, ?
5. I think a megacity is a very large city with big population, ?
6. You have never watched any films made in Bollywood, ?
7. Some people commit crime when they have no money and no food, ?
8. You enjoy living in a peaceful neighbourhood, ?
9. The factory will bring more jobs to local people, ?
10. You forgot to bring textbooks this morning, ?
X. Put a tag question at the end of the sentences.
1. You don’t like pollution, ?

88
2. It’s hot today, ?
3. You’re waiting for your letter, ?
4. We had a good time, ?
5. You won’t tell anyone, ?
6. We don’t have to go yet, ?
7. You haven’t gone to Rio de Janeiro, ?
8. They didn’t like the film, ?
9. The idea can change the situation, ?
10. You need and English-Vietnamese dictionary, ?
XI. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Thousands of people in Calcutta, India, have no jobs and no proper homes. They live in homes made of
mats, boxes, and rusty sheets of tin. Many people have to camp permanently in the railway stations, cooking,
eating, sleeping and feeding their babies there. Babies are born in the streets and people die there too.
As many as seventeen out of every hundred families live in the streets, having nowhere to go. Many of
these people are sick because of a hot and damp climate. Although the government tries hard to provide
houses, schools, and medical services, it can hardly keep up with the increasing population.
True False
1. Many people in Calcutta live in bad conditions because they have no jobs.  
2. Many people live in slums made of anything they can find.  
3. Babies from poor families are taken care of by the local government.  
4. Seventy percent of the families in Calcutta have to live in the streets.  
5. The local government makes efforts to help poor families but it cannot solve the  
problem successfully.
XII. Read the text and answer the questions below.
Modern cities all over the world face the same problems. One of them is poor housing. People often live
in old houses or huts that don’t have electricity or sanitation. As city population grow, governments don’t
have the money to build modern apartment buildings.
Cars and industries are polluting city air and rivers more and more. Waste that people throw away is
burned or ends up in landfills. All of this makes modern cities an unhealthy place to live in.
Especially during morning and evening rush hours cities become packed with vehicles. Daily traffic
jams make it impossible for people to get to work in time.
City authorities are spending more and more money on public transportation and are taking other steps
to reduce traffic in cities.
Cities of today face many social problems. Crime, alcoholism, and drug addiction is especially high in
cities. Many young people are unemployed. Government organizations work hard to get rid of poverty. They
try to give such people better education and jobs.
1. Where do poor people live in cities?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Why can’t governments solve the problem of poor housing?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. What makes modern cities an unhealthy place to live in?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. What are social problems that many cities face nowadays?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. What do government organizations try to do?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XIII.Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
The population of the world has increased more in modern times than in all other ages of history. The
world’s population was about 500 million in 1650. It doubled in the period from 1650 to 1850. In 1986, the
population was more than three billion. Estimates based on research by the United Nations in the same year
showed that it would be more than 7.5 billion by 2020.
True False
1. The world’s population increase in modern times has been greater than ever before.  
2. The world’s population was over a billion in 1850.  
3. The United Nations carried out the research in 1850.  
89
4. The world’s population in 1986 was three times as big as that in 1850.  
5. The world’s population would be more than seven and a half billion by 2020.  
XIV.Read the text and answer the questions below.
Mumbai, which is located on the western coast of India, is the capital of Maharashtra state. It is home to
Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry, and the film “Slumdog Millionaire” was based there. Poor
people have to live in slums. In the slum, people have to live with many problems. People have to go to the
toilets in the streets and there are open sewers. Children play among sewage wastes and doctors deal with
4,000 cases of death a day because of lack of hygiene.
Next to the open sewers are water pipes which can crack and take in sewage. Dharavi slum is based
around this area. There are toxic wastes in the slum including hugely dangerous heavy metals. Dharavi is
made of 12 different neighbourhoods and there are no maps or road signs. The further you walk into Dharavi
from the edge, the more crowded the area becomes. People live in very small slums, often with many
members of their extended families.

1. Where is Mumbai?
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. What is its function in Maharashtra state?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Is Mumbai famous for the film industry? Why or not why?
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. What is the setting for the film “Slumdog Millionaire”?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Where are the toilets in the slum?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. What is the effect of open sewers?
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. What happens to water pipes in Dharavi?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. How polluted is it in Dharavi?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. How many neighbourhoods are there in Dharavi?
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. What happens when you go further into the slum?
_____________________________________________________________________________
XV. Write a short paragraph about the population of Mumbai, using the cues given.
1. Mumbai/ one/ most populated cities/ world.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Population/ Mumba/ over 12.7 million/ population density/ 20,482 people/ per square kilometer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Like other big cities/ India/ population of Mumbai/ grow/ rapidly/ last 20 years.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. A large majority/ Mumbai’s population/ migrants/ other states/ India.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. A large number/ people/ Mumbai/ live/ the slums/ other residential areas.
_____________________________________________________________________________
XVI.Write a short paragraph about the population change in Ho Chi Minh city over the past 30 years,
using the cues given.
1. Ho Chi Minh City/ largest city/ Viet Nam.
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. 1979/ only 3.4 million/ 10 years later/ only 4 million/ because/ economy/ not/ develop much.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Renovation policy/ start/ 1989/ next decade/ dramatic increase/ population/ figure/ over 5 million.
_____________________________________________________________________________
90
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. With economic growth/ living standard/ Ho Chi Minh City/ higher / other regions/ so/ many people/
look for/ jobs.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. Ho Chi Minh City/ biggest city/ population/ over 7 million in 2009/ now about 8 million.
_____________________________________________________________________________

TEST FOR UNIT 10,11,12


I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
1. A. flood B. wood C. book D. cook
2. A. overcrowded B. house C. country D. town
3. A. health B. heat C. meat D. seat
4. A. pavement B. travel C. imagine D. transport
5. A. footprint B. shoot C. smooth D. toothache
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
6. A. petrol B. chimney C. future D. hotel
7. A. overcrowded B. population C. uncomfortable D. celebration
8. A. eco-friendly B. environment C. renewable D. abundantly
9. A. underwater B. supersonic C. malnutrition D. intelligent
10. A. spacious B. comfort C. traffic D. resource
III. Choose the correct answer.
16. Driverless cars have already , and they look so cool.
A.gone B.travelled C.exist D.existed
17. If I have a jet pack. I will use to fly anywhere easily.
A.my B. mine C. his D. their
18. I think teleportation is only .
A.imagine B.imaginary C.imaginable D.imagining
19. Do we need much to park that kind of vehicles?
A.land B.ground C.soil D.space
20. Do you think it will be (an) , green wayto travel?
A.convenient B.inconvenience C.polluting D.polluted
21. I think in the future cities will be more crowded and the traffic will get .
A.good B.well C.worse D.worst
22. Which is the best of transport for the future?
A.mean B.means C.traffic D.ways
23. Sidewalks are to moving walkways in airports.
A.familiar B.similar C.different D.same
24. We are looking for cheap, clean, sources of energy.
A.polluting B.harmful C.expensive D.effective
25. We should try to reduce energy as much as possible.
A.production B.producers C.consumption D.consumers
26. Solar energy is and it can be replaced easily.
A.new B.renew C.renewable D.non-renewable
27. For many people living in rural areas, biogas is a cheap energy available.
A.method B.production C.supply D.consumption
28. Nuclear energy can provide enough electricity for the world’s needs, but it is very .
A.risk B.risky C.endanger D.endangered
29. Alternative sources of energy are and safe.
A.enough B.not enough C.short D.abundant
30. Sources of energy will be used more for our future.
A.effectiveB.efficient C.effectively D.efficiently
31. A sky safety system will stop everyone crashing in the sky.
A.at B.from C.through D.for
32. regular light bulbs with low energy light bulbs, which use less energy.
91
A.Turn B.Replace C.Place D.Put
33. Without good insulation, the in our houses goes out through the windows, the doors, etc.
A.ice B.atmosphere C.amount D.heat
34. A(n) station will be built in the North of the country next decade.
A.hydropower B.water C.hydroelectricity D.energy
35. We can the problem of energy shortage by using solar energy.
A.carry out B.get C.recover D.solve
36. Don’t forget to the lights when leaving a room or going to bed.
A.turn B.turn on C.turn off D.turn out
37. What should we do to our electric bills?
A.fall B.cut down C.drop D.reduce
38. The use of biogas for cooking in the countryside.
A.will increase B.will be increasing C.will be increased D.will have
increased
39. The digital camera belongs to Nick. That camera is .
A.him B.he C.his D.one
40. Is this schoolbag ?
A.you B.your C.yours D.them
41. The city is working on a project the slums with clean water.
A.providing B.provide C.to provide D.to providing
42. In that country, over 30% of the population live in .
A.poor B.poorer C.poverty D.the poor
43. Children who malnutrition can have a lot of diseases.
A.suffer from B.avoid C.gain D.obtain
44. There are more problems in the slums than in the areas.
A.wealth B.richness C.wealthy D.country
45. is quite popular in an overcrowded city where you can see people sleeping in a park or under a
bridge.
A.Homeless B.The homeless C.Homelessly D.Homelessness
IV. Complete the sentences, using the correct possessive form of the words in brackets.
46. This schoolbag is . (I)
47. These books are . (we)
48. Those books are . (they)
49. This raincoat is . (Nick)
50. is light blue, but my hat is red. (she)
51. This is my pen, and that one is . (you)
52. Our flat has four rooms, and has five rooms. (they)
53. This notebook is . (you)
54. These pencil are . (Ann)
55. Our car is a Chevrolet, but is a Toyota. (they)
V. Write questions for the underlined parts.
56. We are looking for cheap, clean, and effective sources of energy.
_____________________________________________________________________________
57. Solar panels are used to produce energy in that area.
_____________________________________________________________________________
58. We learn to reuse some daily products like empty bottles to save money.
_____________________________________________________________________________
59. People from the countryside move to cities to find work and a better standard of living.
_____________________________________________________________________________
60. People like using urban transport pods because they are very convenient and safe.
_____________________________________________________________________________
VI. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Most of the world’s energy comes from the sun. The sun’s energy is in wood, oil, and other things that
people use for energy.

92
People use many sources of energy. Ancient people used only their arms, hands and simple tools until
they discovered fire. Later, people learned to use the energy of the wind to sail ships. Then they learned to
use animals to do work. In the 18th and 19th centuries, people began to use machines. The first machines used
steam. They burned coal to heat water. The hot water turned into steam, and the steam engine did the work.
Later, people began to use the gasoline engine, and today people are using nuclear energy.
Energy is one of the basic concepts, or ideas, or physics. It is the ability to do work. Without energy we
could not live. We need energy to work, and scientists are always looking for new sources of energy.
True False
61. None of the world’s energy comes from the sun.  
62. Wind, steam, and gasoline are sources of energy.  
63. People have never used nuclear energy.  
64. Energy is the ability to do work.  
65. We need new sources of energy.  
VII. Read the text and answer the questions below.
One major issue with a growing population: shortages of both food and water. Crowded cities make
wastewater management more difficult. Waste pollutes clean water, making it undrinkable. Even today in
some African cities, there are inadequate water supplies because most of the water is lost in pipe leakages.
Today, outdoor air pollution contributes to about two million deaths a year. Indoor air pollution,
primarily from cook stoves in developing nations, skills another four million people every year, according
to the World Health Organization. As cities continue to crowd, this issue will only grow, according to UN
data.
It’s also likely that crime and violence will increase along with urban density, the UN reports.
Independent studies have found that the warming planet is likely to increase violence worldwide because of
the economic pressure caused by heat and drought.
The best solution is to manage growth and to prepare for the cities of the future.
66. Where is the major issue with a growing population?
_____________________________________________________________________________
67. What does waste pollute?
_____________________________________________________________________________
68. What is the effect of outdoor air pollution?
_____________________________________________________________________________
69. What will increase along with urban density?
_____________________________________________________________________________
70. Why is our planet likely to increase violence worldwide?
_____________________________________________________________________________
VIII. Read the following passage, and then tick the correct answers: true (T), or false (F).
Electricity is the most common form of energy today. In the modern world, electricity is very available
at the touch of a switch. Electricity has many uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide
artificial lighting. In factories, electricity is used to light up the factories. It is also used to operate air-
conditioners, computers, and many other machines. Electricity is also used to power the many appliances
that we have in our homes. Such appliances include television sets, computers, electric fans, irons, and many
others. The list is simply endless. Modern man will most probably be lost without electricity.
True False
71. The passage is about a kind of energy.  
72. Electricity has a lot of uses.  
73. Without electricity, our life will not be affected.  
74. Electricity is only useful at the workplace.  
75. There are many appliances depended on electricity.  
IX. Read the text carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Driverless cars
Motorists will be able to read a book, surf the Internet or talk to other drivers without looking at the road
by 2030. Britain would become a world leader in driverless cars, with the first tests on Britain’s roads by the
summer.
The development of fully automated cars will mean that motorists no longer need licenses. It will be
good news because 31 per cent of women and 14per cent of men do not hold driving licenses.
93
The government warns that driverless cars will be the target of hackers because of the high level of
computer technology on board. The government will ask manufacturers to ensure all vehicles have ‘fail safe’
systems in case they are hacked.
There are likely to be two levels of driverless cars as the technology develops. The first, known as
“highly automated”, will require drivers who hold licenses to take control of the wheel if there are any
issues.
The second, known as “fully-automated” cars, will require no involvement from drivers and will be
capable of communicating with other vehicles, traffic lights and road signs
76. Which driverless cars, what will motorists be able to do while travelling on the street?
_____________________________________________________________________________
77. Will motorists need driving licenses any more?
_____________________________________________________________________________
78. What is one of the problems for driverless cars?
_____________________________________________________________________________
79. What are two levels of driverless cars?
_____________________________________________________________________________
80. What are the advantages of “fully-automated” cars?
_____________________________________________________________________________

THE SECOND TERM TEST


I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. diverse B. drive C. invention D. crime
2. A. nature B. poverty C. question D. future
3. A. convenient B. social C. ocean D. special
4. A. designs B. sails C. pedals D. pollutes
5. A. measure B. breakfast C. appear D. spread
II. Find the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
l. A. another B. plentiful C. dangerous D. limited
2. A. attention B. pollution C. holiday D. effective
3. A. expensive B. different C. abundant D. convenient
4. A. petroleum B. advantage C. enormous D. tendency
III.Choose the best options to complete these sentences.
1. ............. books are here. ............. are there.
A. Theirs – ours B. Their – our C. Theirs – our D. Their – ours
2. ............. is a single-wheel bike.
A. Mono wheel B. Hover scooter C. Segway D. Teleporter
3. Choose the word having different stress from the others.
A. harvest B. parade C. music D. pumpkin
4. ............. the film was gripping, Tom slept from beginning to end.
A. Therefore B. Despite C. However D. Although
5. You should look right and left when you go ............. the road.
A. down B. across C. up D. along
6. You found the plot of the film .............
A. boring B. bored C. interested D. acting
7. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to ............. the Carnival.
A. attend B. join C. perform D. appear
8. Nuclear power ............. in the future.
A. will replace B. replaced C. will be replaced D. replaces
9. Wind, hydro and solar are ............. resources.
A. modern B. renewable C. non-renewable D. new
10. It’s really difficult to ............. a bicycle up the hill.
A. fly B. drive C. pedal D. sail
11. At this time next week, we ............. a test on sources of energy.
A. will take B. take C. will be taking D. are taking
12. My children often sleep while they are ............. a plane.
94
A. on B. in C. by D. X
13. Have you ever ............. to Sapa?
A. seen B. be C. visited D. gone
14. Don’t eat that type of fish, you may have a/an .............
A. energy B. sick C. sore D. allergy
15. What ............. do I need to cook an omelet?
A. menu B. food C. material D. ingredients
16. My cousin, Hoa, is the same age ............. me.
A. as B. of C. too D. like
17. A lot of flowers ............. in Da Lat throughout the year.
A. grow B. grew C. are grown D. grown
18. ............. bottles of milk does your family need for a week?
A. How B. How many C. How much D. How old
19. My brother doesn’t like ice-skating because he thinks it is .............
A. dangerous B. endangered C. danger D. in danger
20. Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your .............
A. fitness B. obesity C. pain D. stomachache
IV. Fill in the missing preposition of time.
It was one of my usual days. I got up (1) 7 o’clock (2) the morning, washed,
dressed and had breakfast (3) 7.30. Then I went to my office. There I worked with the documents till 1
o’clock (4) the afternoon. Then I had lunch (5) 1.30. After that I looked at my diary and
saw that I had an important meeting with my companions (6) 3 p.m. in the cafe (7)
Monday afternoon. I was short of time. I was in a hurry and forgot to take some important documents with
me. I was forced to return to my office. As you could guess I was late. It was awful! I was in the café (8)
20 minutes. Luckily my companions were still there. I apologized for my being late and explained what had
happened. Then we discussed some questions about the company. It was a hard day.
V. Read the passage and answer the following questions.
Among the many special dishes in Ha Noi, pho is the most popular. It is a special kind of Vietnamese soup.
We can enjoy Pho for all kinds of meals during the day, from breakfast to dinner, and even for late night snack.
Pho has a very special taste. The rice noodles are made from the best variety of rice. The broth for pho bo (beef
noodle soup) is made by stewing the bones of cows for a long time in a large pot. The broth for another kind of
pho, pho ga (chicken noodle soup) is made by stewing chicken bones. The chicken meat served with pho ga is
boneless and cut into thin slices... It’s so delicious.
1. When can we enjoy pho?
______________________________________________________________________
2. How is the chicken meat served with pho ga?
______________________________________________________________________
3. What are the rice noodles made from?
______________________________________________________________________
4. How is the broth for pho bo made?
______________________________________________________________________
VI. Read the following passage and decide if it is T or F.
Many people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, world’s energy resources
are limited. Nobody knows exactly how much fuel is left. However, we also should use them economically and
try to find out alternative sources of power. According to Professor Marvin Burnharm of the New England
Institute of Technology, we have to start
conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late; and nuclear power is the only alternative.
However, many people disagree to use nuclear power because it’s very dangerous. What would happen if
there was a serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly affect the future generations.
The most effective thing is that we should use natural resources as economical as possible.
True/ False
1. Natural resources will run out. 1.___________
2. The world’s energy resources are unlimited. 2.___________
3. We should use fuel economically. 3.___________

95
4. Many people agree to use nuclear power as an 4.___________
alternative energy.
VII. Reorder the words/ phrases to make complete sentences.
1. this time tomorrow/ English/ They/ will be learning.
_______________________________________________________
2. to save/ will reduce/ our energy/ the use of electricity/ We.
_______________________________________________________
3. biogas/ is/ cooking and heating/ I think/ for/ abundant and cheap.
_______________________________________________________
4. we use/ travelling long distances/ public transportation/ Will/ when /?
_______________________________________________________
VIII. Rewrite these sentences so that the meaning stays the same to the first.
1. We will use sources of energy more effectively for our future.
Sources of energy____________________________________________________
2. We will solve the problem of energy shortage by using solar energy.
The problem of energy shortage_________________________________________
3. They will replace coal by another renewable source.
Coal_______________________________________________________________
4. They will use flying cars to travel from place to another place..
Flying cars _________________________________________________________
IX. Rewrite the sentences, using the frequency of adverbs in bracket.
1. Have you been to London? (ever)
___________________________________________________________________
2. Peter doesn’t get up before seven. (usually)
___________________________________________________________________
3. Our friends must write tests. (often)
___________________________________________________________________
4. They go swimming in the lake. (sometimes)
___________________________________________________________________
5. The weather is bad in November. (always)
___________________________________________________________________
6. Peggy and Frank are late. (usually)
___________________________________________________________________
7. I have met him before. (never)
___________________________________________________________________
8. John watches TV. (seldom)
___________________________________________________________________
9. I was in contact with my sister. (often)
___________________________________________________________________
10. She will love him. (always)
___________________________________________________________________
X. Add tag questions to the following sentences.
1. Everyone can learn how to swim, ?
2. Nobody cheated in the exam, ?
3. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, ?
4. I am invited, ?
5. This bridge is not very safe, ?
6. He has a bicycle, ?
7. Peter would like to come with us to the party, ?
8. Those aren’t Fred’s books, ?
9. You have never been to Paris, ?
10. Something is wrong with Jane today, ?

ANSWER KEY
UNIT 7: TRAFFIC (GIAO THÔNG)
96
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
11. How far is it from your apartment (from/to) the city centre?
12. It is (at/ about) 1 kilometre.
13. It is not very (near/far) from my house to the post office. It is just 500 metres.
14. How far (is it/ it is) from your country to Japan?
15. How (far/ much) is it from your location to the train station?
16. My house is 2 kilometers (near/ far) from my grandparents’ bungalow.
17. How far (is it/ are they) from here to the local museum?
18. I think it is about 200 ( metres/ metre) from here to the nearest bus stop.
19. My school is not far (from/to) my house. I can walk to school every day.
20. How far is it (from/ at) your office to the supermarket?
Bài 2: Điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.
9. How _____far_____ is it from your house to the city centre?
10. How far is it from this restaurant to the nearest ___bank_______? It is about 1 kilometer from this
restaurant to the nearest bank?
11. How far___is_______it from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City?
12. It is about 5 kilometres from my house______to____yours.
13. How far is____it_____from your company to your apartment?
14. It is ____about______3 kilometres.
15. How far is it from my school to yours? ____It______is about 8 kilometres
16. How far is it ____from______where you live to your company?
Bài 3: Dựa vào những câu trả lời cho trước, hãy viết câu hỏi về khoảng cách.
11. How far is it from here to the nearest post office?
12. How far is it from New York to California?
13. How far is it from your house to your family store?
14. How far is it from Beijing to Berlin?
15. How far is it from your hotel to the beach?
16. How far is it from here to the place where you live?
17. How far is it from his hometown to the place where he lives now?
18. How far is it from the park to the parking lot?
19. How far is it from here to the airport?
20. How far is it from your parent’s house to yours?
Giải thích: Dựa vào những địa điểm được cho sẵn trong câu trả lời, sử dụng cấu trúc “How far is it from A to
B?
Lưu ý: Các đại từ thuộc về ngôi thứ nhất (I, my, mine) ở câu trả lời phải chuyển về ngôi thứ hai (you, your,
yours) ở câu hỏi và ngược lại.
Bài 4: Đánh dấu (√ ) trước những câu trả lời đúng. Đánh dấu (X) trước những câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại
cho đúng.
X 9. How far is from your house to the nearest restaurant?
How far is it from your house to the nearest restaurant?
X 10. It is at 2 kilometers from my house to La Villa French restaurant.
It is about 2 kilometers from my house to La Villa French restaurant.
X 11. How far is it from your university and my university?
How far is it from your university to my university?
√ 12. It is not far from my university to yours
__________________________________________________________
√ 13. How far is it from here to our destination?
__________________________________________________________
X 14. How far it is from our school to the camp site?
How far is it from our school to the camp site?
v 15. Its not far from our school to the camp site.
It is/ It’s not far from our school to the camp site.
97
X 16. How far is it at the train station to the nearest drugstore?
How far is it from the train station to the nearest drugstore?

Bài 5: Dựa vào gợi ý cho sẵn trong ngoặc, trả lời các câu hỏi về khoảng cách sau đây:
1. It’s 300 metres.
2. It’s 2 kilometres
3. It’s about 800 kilometres
4. It’s about 34 miles
5. It’s 4.2 light-years
6. It’s about 100000 kilometres
Giải thích: Dựa vào gợi ý về khoảng cách, sử dụng cấu trúc trả lời về khoảng cách” It is+ (about)+ khoảng
cách)
Bài 6: Viết các câu sau về thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?).
1. (-) Susan didn’t use to live in Paris.
(?) Did Susan use to live in Paris?
2. (+)They used to commute from New York to London
(?) Did they use to commute from New York to London?
3. (+) Your mother used to teach at the local school
(-) Did your mother use to teach at the local school?
4. (+) He used to cry a lot
(?) Did he use to cry a lot ?
5. (-) Jane didn’t use to work for a non-profit organisation.
(?) Did Jane use to work for a non-profit organisation?
6. (+)Jim used to own an old car
(-)Jim didn’t use to own an old car
7. (+) This house used to belong to my family.
(?) Did this house use to belong to my family.?
8. (-)My brother didn’t use to go swimming when he was young.
(?) Did your brother use to go swimming when he was young?
Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
16. I (used to/ use to) collect stamps when I was nine years old.
17. My father (used to/ use to) be an excellent student at university.
18. I didn’t (used to/ use to) eat with chopsticks when I lived in America.
19. Did they (used to/ use to) work in a big factory before their retirement?
20. Peter (used to/ use to) drive to work but now he doesn’t.
21. My younger brother didn’t use (walk/ to walk) to school
22. My classmates didn’t (used to/ use to) like me.
23. There (used to/ use to) be a lot of trees along this street.
24. Horse and cart used to (be/is) the main way of transportation.
25. Coffee didn’t (used to/ use to) be my favorite drink.
26. Did Sarah (used to/ use to) be Mr Vu’s student?
27. My grandmother (used to travel/ use to travel) a lot before she got married.
28. Mr Ha(used to/ use to) work in Japan for 3 years.
29. I didn’t (like used to/ use to like) reading books.
30. Did Jim and Jane (used to/ use to) hate each other?

Giải thích:
Cấu trúc câu khẳng định : S+ used to + V
Cấu trúc câu phủ định : S+ didn’t use to + V
Cấu trúc câu nghi vấn : Did + S+ use to + V?

Bài 8: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau:
1. didn’t use to be 4. used to ride 7. used to make 10. used to be
2. used to travel 5. used to be 8. used to be 11. didn’t use to
98
3. used to take 6. used to be 9. used to be 12. used to take

Bài 9: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu. Sử dụng thể khẳng
định, phủ định và nghi vấn sao cho hợp lý.
1. used to go
2. didn’t use to like
3. didn’t use to fancy
4. used to work
5. did you use to catch
6. used to play
7. used to smoke
8. didn’t use to do
9. used to break
10. used to live
11. didn’t use to be
12. didn’t use to have
13. used to be
14. used to like
15. used to live
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh để xác định câu ở thể khẳng định : S+ used to + V, phủ định :
S+ didn’t use to + V hay nghi vấn : Did + S+ use to + V?
Lưu ý: Các đại từ thuộc về ngôi thứ nhất (I, my, mine) ở lượt lời của Jim cần được chuyển về ngôi thứ hai
(you, your, yours) ở câu hỏi trong lượt lời của Jane và ngược lại.

Bài 10: Viết câu hỏi về khoảng cách sao cho hợp lý để hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại sau:
1. How far is it from your house to your uncle’s restaurant?
2. How far is it from our school to the library?
3. How far is it from Da Nang to our city?
4. How far is it from your apartment to the library?
5. How far is it from the bus stop to the library
Giải thích: dựa vào những địa điểm được nhắc đến trong đoạn hội thoại, sử dụng cấu trúc “ How far is it from
A to B? để hỏi về khoảng cách.
Bài 11: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh:
1. How far is it from your company to where you live? It is about 10 kilometres
2. How far is it from Jane’s apartment to her school?
3. My father and I did not use to spend time with each other.
4. Did this man use to be a famous actor?
5. There did not use to be many vehicles in the streets when I was young.
6. My family used to go sailing every weekend but now we don’t .
7. Her mother used to kiss and hug her when she was a kid.
8. Mrs Smith did not use to do morning exercise but now she does regularly.
Bài 12: Sử dụng cấu trúc “ used to V” với những động từ cho sẵn để hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. used to deliver
2. used to be
3. used to go
4. used to drive
5. used to spend
6. used to believe
7. used to work
8. used to serve
Bài 13: Viết lại câu, sử dụng cấu trúc “used to”.
1. My mother used to work at a restaurant 3 years ago.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể khẳng định : “S+ used to + V ….”, động từ “worked” chuyển về
dạng nguyên thể là “work”
99
2. He used to be the president of Student Union
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể khẳng định : “S+ used to + V ….”, động từ “was ” chuyển về
dạng nguyên thể là “be”
3. There used to be many tree-lined streets in my hometown.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể khẳng định : “S+ used to + V ….”, động từ “were” chuyển về
dạng nguyên thể là “be”
4. My husband didn’t use to do housework
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể phủ định : “S+ didn’t use to + V ….”
5. Children didn’t use to play with high-tech devices at an early age .
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể phủ định : “S+ didn’t use to + V ….”
6. The students didn’t go to school by public transportation but now they do.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể phủ định : “S+ didn’t use to + V ….”
7. My city used to be a tourist destination but now it isn’t.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể khẳng định : “S+ used to + V ….”, động từ “was” chuyển về
dạng nguyên thể là “be”
8. Traffic jam didn’t use to happen when I was small.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc với “ used to” ở thể phủ định : “S+ didn’t use to + V ….”

TEST 1 UNIT 7
I.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D
II.
1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. C
6. A 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. C
11. A 12. A 13. D 14. C 15. D
III.
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. A
6. C 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. D
11. D 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. C
16. D 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. D
IV.
1. Did you use to enjoy 2. did not use to like 3. used to be
4. Did John use to work 5. did not use to be 6. used to live
7. did not use to do 8. Did he use to play
V.
1. It is about 120kms from Ho Chi Minh City to Vung Tau.
2. It is about 384,400kms from the Earth to the Moon.
3. It is not very far from Ha Noi to Noi Bai Airport.
4. It is about 500 meters from my house to the nearest shop.
4. It is about 700 meters from my house to Youth Club.
5. It is about 5kms from my home village to the nearest town.
VI.
1. best 2. drivers 3. careful 4. choose
5. most 6. their 7. however 8. more
VII.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C
6. B 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B
VIII.
1. with 2. from 3. sleep 4. are 5. and
6. in 7. live 8. their 9. or 10. gets
IX.
1. A 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. A
X.
1. It only takes half an hour to get to the art gallery.

100
2. Her book is different from mine.
3. My brother enjoyed playing the piano when he was very young.
4. These clothes are not as expensive as I thought.
5. A new school is going to be built here next year.
XI.
1. Viet Nam’s anthem Tien Quan Ca was composed by Van Cao.
2. If you are not careful, you’ll hurt yourself.
3. How much is the bicycle?/ How much does the bicycle cost?
4. There are not any carrots in the market.
5. No one in the school plays the guitar better than you (do).

XII.
1. Anna used to have long hair when she was at school.
2. Mary didn’t use to listen when her teachers were speaking.
3. Ricardo used to get up at 6.00 when he was training for the Olympics.
4. What did you use to do on Saturday evenings?
5. Sophie used to be afraid of dogs when she was a little girl.
6. We used to give our teachers presents at the end of term.
7. Did you use to live next door to Mrs. Harrison?
8. My brother used to wear glasses when he was young.
XIII.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A
XIV.
1. I used to stay up late to watch football matches.
2. There used to be some trees in the field.
3. Anna used to live with her parents.
4. He used to be a poor man, but now he becomes a rich businessman.
5. They didn’t use to go to the cinema every Sunday.
6. In the past my hair used to be shorter.
7. I used to have time to collect stamps when I was in primary school.
8. Did you use to go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?
9. Mr. Hung used to go to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus.
10. There used to be traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street becomes
TEST 2 UNIT 7
I.
1. B 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. D
II.
1. D 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. B
III.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. A
IV.
1. Roadworks have caused traffic jams throughout the city centre.
2. Slow down because you’re breaking the speed limit.
3. A zebra crossing is a place on a road at which vehicles must stop to allow people to walk across the road.
4. A driving license is an official document that shows you are able to drive.
5. We needed to get to Ha Noi, but we had no means of transport.
6. I have two train tickets available to go to Lao Cai. Would you like to go with me to Sa Pa?
7. The government has introduced a new road safety campaign in an attempt to reduce the number of road
accidents.
8. We looked on our map to find the way to the railway station.
9. You should know the regulations in order to become a good road user.
10. A safety helmet is a hard hat which covers and protects the whole head, worn especially by motorcyclists.
V.
1. take: a bus, a train, a taxi
101
2. get on: a bus, the plane, a train, a taxi, a car
3. get off: a bus, a train, a taxi, a car
4. go by: bus, taxi, car, helicopter, bike, motorbike, ship
5. ride: a bike, a horse, a motorbike
VI.
1. In bad weather, I go to school by bus.
2. I always go to my grandparents’ house on foot.
3. I usually ride/ cycle to school.
4. Do you walk to school?
5. My father usually drives to work.
6. My mother takes me to the bus station by car.
VII.
1. didn’t use to 2. used to 3. didn’t use to 4. didn’t use to 5. used to
VIII.
1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. True 7. True 8. False 9. True 10. True
IX.
1. Children at the age of 10 or over can ride their bikes alone.
2. You must wear an approved cycle helmet correctly.
3. Your bike should have working brakes.
4. You should wear a high visibility vest or jacket when you ride at night.
5. Yes. We should copy the way we see our parents riding their bikes.

X.
1. Taxis take people from the airport and the train stations to the hotels.
2. Trucks are bringing fresh fruits and vegetables into the city, and ships are bringing food and fuel to the
harbour.
3. Commuters are people who work in the big city, but live in the suburbs.
4. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy the morning paper or to have breakfast.
5. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it along.
XI.
1. I used to stay up late to watch football matches.
2. There used to be some trees in the field.
3. Linda used to live with her parents.
4. He used to be a poor man, but now he becomes a rich businessman.
5. They didn’t use to go to the cinema every Sunday.
6. In the past my hair used to be shorter.
7. I used to have time to collect stamps when I was in primary school.
8. Did you use to go to the beach when you lived in Nha Trang?
9. Mr. Nam used to go to work by motorbike, but now he goes to work by bus.
10. There used to be traffic jams in this street during rush hours, but now the street becomes wider.
XII.
1. First, most streets and roads in our city are narrow and in bad conditions.
2. Second, many people do not strictly follow traffic laws when using the roads.
3. For example, they cross the street at wrong places and ride their motorbikes in the wrong direction.
4. In addition, many street vendors occupy the pavement to display their goods or sale, so pedestrians have to
walk in the road.
5. The number of trucks in our city is very big, so they usually interfere with traffic flow.
6. The construction of houses and buildings is not carefully planned, so they occupy the surface of the roads.
To solve the traffic problems in our city, we should do many things.
7. All streets should be widened and traffic lines should be more logical.
8. We should encourage people to use public transport instead of their personal vehicles.
9. Heavy penalties should be used for careless and dangerous drivers. People should be educated with traffic
regulations at the same time.

102
10. In short, I hope traffic problems in our city will be solved so that we feel very comfortable when using the
road.

UNIT 8: FILMS ( PHIM ẢNH)


BÀI 1: Thành lập tính từ đuôi “ed” và tính từ đuôi “-ing” từ những động từ sau:
V -ed -ing
Annoy Annoyed annoying
Bore Bored boring
Confuse Confused confusing
Depress Depressed depressing
Disappoint Disappointed disappointing
Embarrass Embarrassed embarrassing
Excite Excited exciting
Exhaust Exhausted exhausting
Fascinate Fascinated fascinating
Frighten Frightened frightening
Interest Interested interesting
Move Moved moving
Relax Relaxed relaxing
Satisfy Satisfied satisfying
Shock Shocked shocking
Surprise Surprised surprising
Terrify Terrified terrifying
Thrill Thrilled thrilling
Tire Tired tiring
Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu dưới đây với tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” cho sẵn.
1. moving/ moved
2. terrified/ terrifying
3. tired/ tiring
4. interested/ interesting
5. fascinating/ fascinated
6. depressing/ depressed
7. annoying/ annoyed
8. shocking/ shocked
Bài 3: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
16. Are you (interested/ interesting) in classical music?
17. I always feel (exhausted/ exhausting) after long working hours.
18. The movie I saw last night was (excited/ exciting).
19. I find it (astonished/astonishing) you didn’t like sci-fi movies.
20. My sister easily gets (embarrassed/ embarrassing).
21. Tom, you look (tired/ tiring). What have you done?
22. I think all my teachers are (amazed/ amazing). I love them very much.
23. Last week, my father threw a (surprised/ surprising) party to celebrate my birthday.
24. I didn’t find the jokes at all (amused/ amusing).
25. Last year, I had a really (terrified/ terrifying) experience at the camp site.
26. I never find reading books (bored/ boring).
27. His wife looked (astounded/astouding) at the news.
28. Ann was (thrilled/ thrilling) to bits that she got the job.
29. This complicated system really makes me (confusing/confused).
30. The film was terribly (disappointed/ disappointing).
Bài 4: Sử dụng tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” tạo thành từ những động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành
những câu dưới đây.

103
1. Disgusting 11. Satisfied
2. Worrying 12. Pleased
3. Disappointing 13. Intrigued
4. Thrilling 14. Insulting
5. Surprised 15. disturbed
6. Frustrated 16. freezing
7. Frightening 17. welcoming
8. Stunning 18. distracted
9. Exhausting 19. convincing
10. Alarming 20. relaxed

Bài 5: Đánh dấu (√ ) trước những câu trả lời đúng. Đánh dấu (X) trước những câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại
cho đúng.
9. The special effects of this film are fascinated fascinating
10. I embarrassed today morning because I wore my sweater inside out.  was embarrassed
11. Everyone in my class found the lesson very bored. boring
12. The locals were extremely welcoming. √
13. My brother is not a bored person.  boring
14. Many critics found this film was deeply moving. bỏ “ was”
15. I am confusing by these twins.  confused
16. No one was surprised at the news. √
Bài 6: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống thích hợp.
1. Although 6. despite/ in spite of 11. although
2. Although 7. despite/ in spite of 12. despite/ in spite of
3. despite/ in spite of 8. despite/ in spite of 13. despite/ in spite of
4. Although 9. despite/ in spite of 14. although
5. despite/ in spite of 10. despite/ in spite of 15. although
Giải thích: Liên từ “ although” đi cùng một mệnh đề, liên từ “despite/ in spite of” đi với danh từ, cụm danh từ
hoặc động từ ở dạng V-ing.
Bài 7: Sử dụng liên từ “however” hoặc “nevertheless” để liên kết hai câu cho sẵn.
1.Mrs Smith loves her children so much. However, she’s sometimes very strict.
Mrs Smith loves her children so much. She, however, is sometimes very strict.
Mrs Smith loves her children so much. She is sometimes very strict, however.
2. We can go there by bus. However, it is not the only way.
We can go there by bus. It, however, is not the only way.
We can go there by bus. It is not the only way, however.
3. Jim is good at English. However, he is not the best student.
Jim is good at English. He, however, is not the best student.
Jim is good at English. He is not the best student, however.
4. My new phone costs a lot of money to buy. However, it isn’t as good as I expected.
My new phone costs a lot of money to buy. It, however, isn’t as good as I expected.
My new phone costs a lot of money to buy. It isn’t as good as I expected, however.
5. It’s hard to find a parking lot near here on Sunday. However, I think we can find one.
It’s hard to find a parking lot near here on Sunday. I, however, think we can find one.
It’s hard to find a parking lot near here on Sunday. I think we can find one, however.
6. My mother wants to go to Paris in this summer. However, My dad wants to go to Berlin.
My mother wants to go to Paris in this summer. My dad, however, wants to go to Berlin.
My mother wants to go to Paris in this summer. My dad wants to go to Berlin, however.
7. Jane doesn’t like salads. However, She likes vegetables.
Jane doesn’t like salads. She, however, likes vegetables.
Jane doesn’t like salads. She likes vegetables, however, .
8. My father loves watching football match. However, he never plays football.
My father loves watching football match. He, however, never plays football.
My father loves watching football match. He never plays football, however.
104
Giải thích: liên từ“however” hoặc “nevertheless” dùng để nối 2 câu với nhau. Có cách đặt liên từ như sau:
Mệnh đề 1. However/ Nevertheless, mệnh đề 2.
Mệnh đề 1. Chủ ngữ, however/ nevertheless, động từ.
Mệnh đề 1. Mệnh đề 2, however/ nevertheless.

Bài 8: Hoàn thành câu với một trong những từ nối “although/ despite/ however” sao cho thích hợp.
1. despite/ although/ however 5. despite/ although/ however
2. although/ despite/ however 6. despite/ although/ however
3. although/ despite/ however 7. despite/ although/ however
4. despite/ although/ however 8. despite/ although/ however
Giải thích: Liên từ although đi cùng 1 mệnh đề
Liên từ despite đi với danht ừ, cụm danh từ, V-ing
Liên từ however dùng để nối 2 câu với nhau
Bài 9: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. A. In spite of 5. B. although 8. B. although
2. B. although 6. A. despite 9. A. despite
3. B. despite 7. C. nevertheless 10. A. despite
4. C. nevertheless

Bài 10: Nối cột A với cột B sao cho thích hợp.
1-f 2-e 3-a 4. -g
5-b 6-d 7. -c 8-h

Bài 11: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại cho đúng.
1. Despite ofthe film’s amazing effects, its plot is not so appealing.
Despite the film’s amazing effects, its plot is not so appealing.
2. However she doesn’t look very beautiful, she has a kind heart.
Athough she doesn’t look very beautiful, she has a kind heart.
3. In spite that I don’t like her way of talking, I appreciate her effort.
Although I don’t like her way of talking, I appreciate her effort.
4. My brother isn’t very young, nevertheless, he talks like a middle-aged woman.
My brother isn’t very young. Nevertheless, he talks like a middle-aged woman.
5. Although the fact that Mary’s recently moved to this city, she is so familiar with it.
Despite the fact that Mary’s recently moved to this city, she is so familiar with it.
6. I often eat fastfood. It is not, however, good for my health.
I often eat fastfood. It, however, is not good for my health.
7. My brother wants to travel around the world. Although he can’t afford it.
My brother wants to travel around the world. However, he can’t afford it.
8. I try to spare some time for my children. I am very busy, although.
I try to spare some time for my children. I am very busy, however.

Bài 12: Sử dụng tính từ đuôi “ed” hoặc “-ing” tạo thành từ những động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành
những câu dưới đây.
1. moving 6. frightening
2. disappointed 7. interested
3. stunning 8. boring
4. tired 9. excited
5. irritating 10. surprising

Bài 13: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng từ gợi ý trong
ngoặc.
9. Despite traffic jam, me managed to arrive at the train station on time.
10. Despite having enough money, I don’t want to buy a new computer
11. In spite of not living far away from school, both of them usually go to school late
105
12. Despite his sickness, my brother still went to school yesterday.
13. Despite looking healthy, he has a weak heart.
14. Although Louis is not so rich, he often does charity.
15. Although the weather was awful, we enjoyed our party last night.
16. She goes shopping every week despite many clothes.
Bài 14: Điền “although/ despite/ in spite of” vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. Although 5. However 9. However 13. Despite
2. Although 6. Despite 10. Despite 14. However
3. However 7. However 11. however 15. however
4. However 8. Although 12. However

Bài 15: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Although Anna does not look serious, she is worried now.
2. In spite of getting up late this morning, I did not miss the bus
3. Despite having no money, we will go shopping tomorrow.
4. Although the book was thick, Jane finished it yesterday.
5. Jim had a serious car accident last month. Howver, he recover quickly.
6. Although I am fascinated to know the result, I pretend I do not care.
7. Jim does not usually like sci-fi movies. Nevertheless, this one be exception.
8. Although it is sunny, I bring an umbrella with me.
TEST 1 UNIT 8

I.
/t/ /d/ /id/
walked, looked, stopped, volunteered, amazed, acted,wanted,
convinced, laughed, bored,terrified,appeared disappointed, fascinated,
washed, shocked started, interested

II.
1. A 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. A
III.
1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B
IV.
1. A 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. D
6. C 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. B
11. A 12. D 13. D 14. B 15. B
V.
2. a. In spite of b. though
3. a. because b. although
4. a. because of b. in spite of
5. a. although b. because of
VI.
1. horrified 2. embarrassing
3. interested 4. exciting
5. terrifying – shocked 6. amazed
7. disgusting 8. embarrassed
VII. .
1. impression 2. funny 3. unsuccessful
4. exciting 5. terrorists 6. unsatisfied
7. western 8. disappointment 9. acting
10. threaten
VIII.

106
1. disappointed 2. interested 3. exciting
4. embarrassing 5. embarrassed 6. amazed
7. astonishing 8. amused 9. bored .... boring
10. boring - interesting
IX.
1. to see 2. which
3. performed 4. safety
5. acting 6. the
7. production 8. called in
9. because 10. do
X.
1. I couldn’t sleep despite being very tired.
2. In spite of having very little money, they are happy.
3. Although my foot was injured, I managed to walk to the nearest village.
4. I enjoyed the film in spite of the silly story.
5. Despite living in the same street we hardly ever see each other.
6. Even though I was only out for five minutes, I got very wet in the rain.
XI.
1. In spite of being a poor student, Tom studied very well.
2. Because of being sick, Mary couldn’t go to school.
3. Despite the bad weather, she went to school on time.
4. In spite of my sickness, my mother told me to go to school.
5. Because of a big storm, I stayed at home.
6. Despite Tom’s bad grades, he was admitted to the university.
7. Despite her physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
8. Although Tom got a good salary, he gave up his job.
9. In spite of having not finished the paper, he went to sleep.
10. Even though the prices are high, my daughter insists on going to the movies.
TEST 2 UNIT 8
I.
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B
II.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. D
III.
1. favourite 2. thriller 3. director 4. actors 5. Star 6. role 7. scene 8. Extras
IV.
1. boring – bored 2. interested – interesting 3. excited – exciting
4. tiring – tired 5. relaxed – relaxing
V.
1. interested – boring 2. tired – exciting 3. tiring – relaxing – relaxed
VI.
1. bored 2. relaxing 3. tired 4. boring 5. excited 6. interesting
VII.
1. Although 2. However 3. although 4. Nevertheless 5. although
6. although 7. However 8. despite/ in spite of 9. Although 10. Although
VIII.
1. Despite/ In spite of 2. Although 3. although 4. Nevertheless 5.in spite of/ despite
IX.
1.film 2. drama 3. western 4. action 5. comedy
6. horror 7. science-fiction 8. musical 9. animated 10. romance
107
X.
1. At first they want to see the Batman film.
2. Because the Batman film’s sold out.
3. They are Girl of my Dreams, Journey into Space, and The Pyramid.
4. Girl of my Dreams – a love story; Journey into Space – a science-fiction film; and The Pyramid – a horror
film.
5. They agree to see The Pyramid.
XI.
1. Yes, he is. His ship is the Black Pearl. 2. Jack and Will love Elizabeth.
3. The pirate Captain Barbarossa has the treasure. 4. Captain Jack wins the treasure.
5. Elizabeth loves Will.
XII.
1. It’s a comedy, a drama, and an action film all in one.
2. The main character in the film is a teenager called Calvin Fuller, played by Thomas Ian Nicholas.
3. The director of the film is Michael Gottlieb. He is a great director.
4. Calvin is playing baseball when the earthquake happens.
5. A hole opens in the ground and Calvin falls through it, so he lands in the past, in the time of King Arthur.
6. They think that Calvin is amazing because he plays them modern music on his CD player and he shows
them how to make rollerblades and a mountain bike.
7. Calvin is trained to be a knight.
8. Calvin helps King Arthur to beat his enemy, Lord Belasco.
9. Merlin sends Calvin back to the future, and Calvin finds himself back in the baseball game.
10. The special effects in the film are very good.
11. The actors’ performances are good.
12. The writer thinks that the film is funny and exciting.
XIII.
1. True 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. True
6. True 7. False 8. True 9. False 10. True
XIV.
1. They are Daniel Craig and Halle Berry.
2. Daniel Craig comes from Britain.
3. He’s been in a lot of different kinds of films including action adventure, science fiction, and romantic
drama.
4. He played the role of Alex West.
5. Nick’s favourite film is Casino Royale. Because he thinks Daniel Craig is a fantastic James Bond.
6. Halle Berry comes from the USA.
7. She was a model before she became an actress.
8. He likes her because she’s beautiful, and she has a great sense of humour.
9. It is X-Men which is a science fiction film.
10. She plays the main character Storm, who has the ability to change the weather.
XV.
1. The new restaurant looks good. However, it seems to have few customers.
2. Although we had planned to walk right round the lake, the heavy rain made this impossible.
3. I’ve been too busy to answer my email. Nevertheless, I’ll do it soon.
4. Despite being sick/ her sickness, Mary didn’t leave the meeting until it ended.
5. In spite of living in the same street, we rarely see each other.
XVI.
1. I couldn’t sleep in spite of being tired/ tiredness.
2. They are happy despite having little money.
3. Although my foot was hurt, I managed to walk to the nearest village.
4. We planned to visit Petronas in the afternoon; however, we could not afford the fee.
5. I got very wet in the rain although I had an umbrella.

108
UNIT 9. FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD
Bài 1. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. ……..time is the fireworks set off?
A. what B. when C. how D. where
2.. …….did you learn Japanese? Because I love Japanese culture.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
3. …….did you learn Japanese? I learned from radio programs.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
4. ……helped you find your keys? My friend.
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
5. ……..did you find your keys?A few minutes ago.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
6. …..is the tallest person in your family?
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
7. …..essay got the highest score? It’s Jim’s
A. when B. who C. which D. whose
8. …..is it from your house to the festivals’venue?
A. How far B. How long C. How often D. How many
9. ….people are there in your company?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
10. …….is this table made of? It’s made of wood.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
11. ………have you lived here?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
12. ……..do you visit your grandmother? Every weekend
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
13. ……..does this computer cost?
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
14. ……..did you begin teaching here?
A. how long B. when C. where D. how much
15. …….did you use to go to school? I used to walk to school.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
16. …….does your father do? He’s an architect.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
17………don’t we go camping this weekend?
A. when B. why C. what D. how
18. …….milk do you need? 2 litres
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How much
19. ……..will how decorate your living room? I will decorate it with flowers.
A. when B. why C. what D. how
20. ……dress do you like? I like the blue one.
A. how B. what C. whom D. which
Bài 2. Dựa vào câu trả lời, chọn từ để hỏi thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
1. …When……did you arrive at the train station? 5 o’clock
2. …How long…..have you learned Japanese? 3 months.
3. ……When…do you often go to bed? About 11p.m.
4. ……Which..do you prefer to study – Math or Literature? I prefer Math.
5. …What…..are you doing? I’m playing with my brother.
6. ……What .do you prefer – soda or juice? I prefer soda.
7. …When …is the shop closed? It’s closed before 4:30.
8. …Who …..is the most intelligent student in your class? Tom.
9. How much…..does your new dress cost? It costs 30$.
10. …What……time is it? 6 o’clock.
11. …How often….is the festival held in your country? Every three years.

109
12. …Why….didn’t you come to the party? Because I was too busy.
13. …How….about a picnic in the part? It’s a good idea.
14. …How often…do you clean your room? Twice a week.
15. …Where……is your cat? It’s sleeping in my room.
16. …When..are you going to France? This summer.
17. …How…does your mother go to work? She goes by bus.
18. …How many…students are there in your school? More than 500 students.
19. Who…….will take you the airport tomorrow? My parents
20. ……Whose ..notebook is it? It’s mine
Bài 3. Đặt câu hỏi cho cụm từ gạch chân
0. I get up at 6 o’clock.
When do you get up?
1. My grandparents brought me up in a small town.
Who brought you up in a small town?
2. Jim was born on May 20, 2001
When was Jim born?
3. Peter rarely goes to the beach.
How often does Peter go to the beach?
4. Jane’s sister is going to Venice by plane.
How is Jane’s sister going to Venice?
5. This new radio costs 80 dollars.
How much does this new radio cost?
6. Jim went to Korea to learn about this country’s culture.
Why did Jim go to Korea?
7. It’s about 600 metres from Ann’s apartment to the supermarket.
How far is it from Ann’s apartment to the supermarket?
8. My father has worked in his company for 10 years.
How long has your father worked in his company?
9. The Rio Carnival takes place in Rio de Janeiro – Brazil.
Where doea the Rio Carnival take place?
10. I bought Mary this dress because tomorrow is her birthday.
Why did you buy Mary this dress?
Bài 4. Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho thích hợp.

1- …e……. 2. ……h…… 3…a….. 4. ……f…


5. ……b…. 6. ……c……. 7. …d….. 8. ……g….
Bài 5. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu dưới đây và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. How do you often water these flowers? Twice a week.
How often do you……………………………………………………………….
2. How long is it from here to the town hall?
How far………………………………………………………………….
3. When does the bank is closed?
is the bank………………………………………………………………….
4. How many money did you borrow from Jim?
How much………………………………………………………………….
5. What you will do tonight?
……………will you do…………………………………………………….
6. What does your mother do to work? By car.
How………………………………………………………………….
7. Why about taking a boat trip along the river?
What………………………………………………………………….
8. Who hat are you wearing? It’s my brother’s.
Whose………………………………………………………………….
9. How long did you start playing the violin?

110
When………………………………………………………………….
10. Which ice – cream did you used to like the most?
…………………………………use…………………………….
Bài 6. Khoanh tròn vào chữ cái đặt dưới cụm trạng từ trong các câu sau.
1. St Patrick’s Day takes placeon March 17th.
2. Spring came late this year.
3. Once a year, my father helps me paint my room.
4. In Vietnam, Mid-Autumn festival is the second-most important festival.
5. They often go out and have dinnerin expensive restaurants.
6. February is the month of festivals in Vietnam.
7. Sai Gon city was renamed Ho Chi Minh Citymany years ago.
8. The construction of this building started in 1997and finished in 2000.
9. I have used this computersince 2007.
Bài 7. Chỉ ra các cụm trạng từ được gạch chân trong các câu dưới đây thuộc lại trạng từ gì (thời gian,
nơi chốn, tần suất, lý do, cách thức) bằng cách viết từ để hỏi tương ứng (when, where, how often, why,
how) vào chỗ trống bên cạnh.
1. The teacher took us to the museum yesterday. where
2. We went to the museum to learn and have fun together. why
3. We visit the museum every year. How often
4. Last year, our family traveled to Sapa by coach. how
5. There were many wonderful things in Sapa. where
6. Tom wrote me a letter to apologize for what he said. why
7. During summer, I spend most of my time reading. when
8. I can find everything I need in the supermarket. where
9. My father helped me by giving me useful advice. how
10. I visit my grandparents in America every two years. How often

Bài 8. Gạch chân dưới các cụm trạng từ trong các câu dưới đây.
1. Vietnamese festivals often take place in spring.
2. My brother fixed his bicycle yesterday.
3. I went to Japan last year.
4. Jim goes to school by bus every day.
5. I went to the library yesterday to borrow some books.
6. Jane will wait for me at the bus stop.
7. The plane takes off at 4a.m.tomorrow.
8. There aren’t many festivals in winter.
9. I will do it in a minute.
10. This festival is held every two years.
11. the couple celebrated their 10th wedding anniversary in a luxury restaurant.
12. I need to hand in the report to my teacher before 5p.m. today
13. He would always talk with a nationalistic tone.
14. My brother is preparing some traditional dishes in the kitchen.
15. The room is decorated with flowers and balloons.
Bài 9. Đặt những cụm trạng từ cho sẵn vào các câu dưới đây sao cho thích hợp.
1. Sue has worked in this software company… For 4 months
2. My husband and I go fishing Every two weeks
3. I hope I have the chance to join in the Water festival In Thailand
4. In winter months, many people want to go ice – skating.
5. Last year, I traveled to france to take part in the Cannes Film Festival.
6. This summer, I will come back to my hometown To visit my parents
7. I often decorate my living room With flowers
8. Once or twice a week, I go cycling to the outskirts of the city For relaxation
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 10. Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh
111
1. Which festival/ you/ interested in?/ - I/ interested in / the Rio Carnival.
Which festival are you interested in? I am interested in the Rio Carnival.
2. Where/ Jim/ buy/ the cake yesterday? – He/ buy/ it/ in/ the local bakery
Where did Jim buy the cake yesterday? He bought it in the local bakery.
3. Where/ James/ spend/ his last summer? – He/ spend/ his last summer/ Korea.
Where did James spend his last summer? He spent his last summer in Korea.
4. Who/ visit/ by Jim and Jane/ yesterday? – Tom/ visit/ by Jim and Jane/ yesterday.
Who was visited by Jim and Jane yesterday? Tom was visited by Jim and jane yesterday.
5. How long/ David/ collect/ stamps? – He/ collect/ stamps/ 3 years.
How long has David collected stamps? He has collected for 3 years.
6. When/ the festival/ hold? – It/ hold/ in spring.
When is the festival held? It is held in soring
7. Why/ you/ skip/ classes yesterday? Because/ I / be/ ill.
Why did you skip class yesterday? Because I was ill
8. How much/ apple juice/ you/ buy/ yesterday? – I/ buy/ 2 litres/ apple juice.
How much apple juice did you buy yesterday? I bought 2 litres of apple juice.
Bài 11. Gạch chân những cụm trạng từ trong các câu dưới đây rồi đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân.
0. I went to Kyoto last year.
When did you go to Kyoto?
1. I’ve decided to do some part - time jobs to gain hands – on experience.
Why have you decided to do some part – time jobs?
2. All the goods are delivered by ferry.
How are all the good delivered?
3. Diwali (or the Festival of Lights) is celebrated in India.
Where is Diwali (or the Festival of Lights) celebrated?
4. The locals hold the festival twice a year.
How often do the locals hold the festival?
5. The Mid – Autumn festival is held on the 15th day of the 8th month of the lunar calendar.
When is Mid – Autumn festival held?
6. The couple celebrated their wedding anniversary with red wine.
How did the couple celebrate their wedding anniversary ?
7. My school holds a learning festival for educational purposes.
Why does your school hold a learning festival?
8. The White Nights Festival happens during the season of the midnight sun.
When does The White Nights Festival happen?
Bài 12. Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. feed/ if/ are/ you/ home/ away/ will/ Who/ pets/ your/ you?
Who will feed your pets if you are away from home?
2. use/when/ kid/ a/ to/ did/ play/ What/ you/ were/ you?
What did you use to play when you were a kid?
3. this/ was/ When/ building/ constructed?
When was this building constructed?
4. we/ don’t/ out/ some/ for/ Why/ fresh/ go/ air?
Why don’t we go out for some fresh air?
5. Mr. Smith/ has/ to/ city/ the/ moved/ long/ How?
How long has Mr.Smith moved to the city?
6. accept/ will/ offer/ Which/ job/ you?
Which job offer will you accept?
7. father/ sports/ does/ often/ play/ How/ your?
How often does your father play sports?
8. you/ did/ your/ on/ much/ spend/ How/ vacation?
How much did you spend on your vacation?
TEST 1 UNIT 9
I.

112
1. D 2. D 3. A 4. C
5. D 6. A 7. D 8. C
II.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D
6. C 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. D
III.
1. expensive 2. easy 3. unhappy/ sad
4. bad 5. quiet 6. near
7. careless 8. young 9. different
10. interviewee
IV.
1. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet.
2. Yes, it is.
3. It begins between January twenty- first and February nineteen.
4. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars.
5. Yes, they do.
6. No, it doesn’t. Tet lasts ten days.
7. Because Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year.
V.
1. important 2. declaration 3. parades
4. celebrate 5. when 6. have
7. Both 8. holidays
VI.
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. A
6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. D
VII.
1. went 2. festivals 3. by 4. in
5. such 6. favourite 7. beautiful 8. and
VIII.
1. They give baskets and cups which are filled with sweets and tied with ribbons for their lovers.
2. It is called “Black Day”.
3. Young Koreans who do not have a boyfriend or girlfriend sit with their friends, who are in the same
situation, and eat jajang noodles.
4. It is popular to send an “anti-valentine” card to person they hate (with an insulting message), to their
current partner (with a goodbye message) or to end their relationship (with C - Ya message).
IX.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D
X.
1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. D
6. D 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. C
XI.
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A
5. D 6. B 7. D 8. B
XII.
1. When did Sarah leave?
2. What is she watching?
3. Which film does she like watching?
4. How did you feel before your last Maths test?
5. How did she feel when she watched a gripping film?
6. How far is it from here to ACB bank?
7. How long have you known Marie?
8. Did they use to be friends at the university?
TEST 2 UNIT 9
I.

113
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B
II.
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. A
III.
1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C
IV.
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. B
11. D 12. D 13. A 14. B 15.B 16. C 17. B 18. C 19. D 20. D
V.
1. holiday 2. superstition 3. lantern 4. attractions 5. society
6. considered 7. Traditionally 8. colorful 9. canals 10. decorating
VI.
1. celebrations 2. festive 3. cultural 4. performance 5. celebratory
6. entertainment 7. beginning 8. excitement 9. colourful 10. traditional
VII.
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C
VIII.
1. by 2. as 3. numbers 4. are 5. enjoy 6. ones 7. According 8. Rises
IX.
1. False 2. True 3. False 4. NM 5. True
6. NM 7. NM 8. True 9. NM 10. True
X.
1. It is celebrated on November 1 in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala and other parts of Central and South
America.
2. Families gather to pray to the souls of dead relatives, asking them to return for just one night.
3. People decorate altars in their homes and graveyards with food, candles, candy skulls and marigolds to
welcome the souls back to Earth.
4. Pan de los muertos (bread of the dead) is baked in the shape of skulls and crossbones, and a toy is hidden
inside each loaf.
5. Day of the Dead is a time to celebrate and remember the lives of dead family members.
XI.
1. It is celebrated in India.
2. It lasts for five days around the end of October.
3. It is the festival of Lakshmi, the Goddess who, in the Hindu religion, brings peace and prosperity.
4. People clean and decorate their homes, prepare special food and buy new clothes and jewelry to welcome
the Goddess in their homes.
5. Because people light up their homes with oil lamps and colourful lights all over India, and on the darkest
night of the lunar month fireworks fill the sky.
XII.
1. Holi is a spring festival also known as the festival of colors.
2. It starts with a Holika bonfire on the night before Holi where people gather, sing and dance.
3. The next morning is free for all carnival of colors, where everyone plays, chases and colors each other with
dry powder and colored water, with some carrying water guns and colored water-filled balloons for their water
fight.
4. Children and youth spray coloured powder solutions at each other, laugh and celebrate, while elders tend to
smear dry coloured powder on each other's face.
5. After playing with colours, and cleaning up, people bathe, put on clean clothes, visit friends and family.
XIII.
1. The tradition of dressing in costume for Halloween has both European and Celtic roots.
2. Hundreds of years ago, winter was an uncertain and frightening time.
3. People thought that they would encounter ghosts if they left their homes.
4. To avoid being recognized by these ghosts, people would wear masks when they left their homes after dark
so that the ghosts would mistake them for fellow spirits.

114
5. On Halloween, to keep ghosts away from their houses, people would place bowls of food outside their
homes to appease the ghosts and prevent them from attempting to enter.
XIV.
A/
1. When is Diwali celebrated?
2. What did it mark?
3. How do Indians celebrate Diwali?
4. How do some people believe?
5. What do people do to invite Lakshmi in?
B/
1. When and where does Elephant Race Festival take place?
2. What are the M’nong ethnic group known for?
3. How long is the racetrack? Where does it set? How wide is the racetrack?
XV.
1. How often does La Tomatina in Buñol near Valencia happen?
2. When does La Tomatina take place?
3. What is the highlight of the festival?
4. When does La Tomatina date back to?
5. What do some youngsters accidentally do?
6. How long does Burning Man last?
7. Where and where did the festival/ Burning Man begin?
8. When does the event begin and end?
9. What does the festival take its name from?
10. How many people attended Burning Man in 2010?
XVI.
Da Lat Flower Festival has been organized every two years since 2005 in the Flower Garden of Da Lat. The
programs of Flower festival are a variety of content for every festival period. These will make interests to
tourists and participants as well. During the festival, the shows have the participation of thousands of
professional and un-professional artists. Besides the opening and closing ceremonies, the festival has also some
other programs such as flower exhibition fair, flower car march, trade fair, contest of Da Lat farmers. The
reason why Da Lat Flower Festival is held is that the local government has recently taken more measures to
increase cultural activities in the tourism industry.

TEST FOR UNIT 7,8,9


I.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. A
II.
6. D 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. D
III.
1.enjoyable 2. frightening 3. funny 4. romantic 5. musical
6. violent 7. imagined 8. boring 9. exciting 10. interesting
IV.
1. romantic film 2. musical 3. comedy 4. sci-fi film 5. horror film
6. action film 7. drama 8. animated film 9. documentary 10. thriller
V.
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C
VI.
1. True 2. True 3. True 4. False 5. False
VII.
1. They appeared in 2001, 2002, and 2003.
2. They are based on the novels of the British writer JRR Tolkien.
3. The director is Peter Jackson.
4. The Lord of the Rings were filmed in New Zealand.
5. They cost more than $300 million to make.
115
6. More than 20,000 actors appeared in the three films!
7. $3 billion (could be got from the three films).
8. It was The Return of the King.
9. It won 11 Oscars.
10.In some countries, fans queued for three weeks to buy tickets.

UNIT 10. SOURCES OF ENERGY

Bài 1. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết câu khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?) ở thì tương lai
tiếp diễn
1. Jim/ study/ Math/ at 8a.m. tomorrow.
(+) Jim will be studying Math at 8 a.m. tomorrow.
(-) Jim will not be studying Math at 8 a.m. tomorrow.
(?) Will Jim be studying Math at 8 a.m. tomorrow?
2. My father/ work/ at this time tomorrow.
(+) My father will be working at this time tomorrow
(-) My father will not be working at this time tomorrow
(?) Will my father be working at this time tomorrow ?
3. Ann/ play/ badminton/ with her friends/ at 4 p.m. tomorrow.
(+) Ann will be playing badminton with her friends at 4 p.m. tomorrow.
(-) Ann will not be playing badminton with her friends at 4 p.m. tomorrow.
(?) Will Ann be playing badminton with her friends at 4 p.m. tomorrow?.
4. We/ enjoy/ our party/ at this time next month.
(+) We will be enjoying our party at this time next month.
(-) We will not be enjoying our party at this time next month.
(?) Will We be enjoying our party at this time next month?
5. Jane/ sunbathe/ at this time tomorrow.
(+) Jane will be sunbathing at this time tomorrow.
(-). Jane will not be sunbathing at this time tomorrow.
(?) Will Jane be sunbathing at this time tomorrow?
6. They/ travel/ to Africa/ at this time next year.
(+) They will be travelling to Africa at this time next year.
(-) They will not be travelling to Africa at this time next year.
(?) Will They be travelling to Africa at this time next year?
7. My friend/ lie/ on the beach/ at this time next month.
(+) My friends will be lying on the beach at this time next month.
(-)…My friends will not be lying on the beach at this time next month.
(?) Will My friends be lying on the beach at this time next month?
8. Tom/have/ breakfast/ at 6 o’clock tomorrow.
(+)…Tom will be having breakfast at 6 o’clock tomorrow.
(-)…My friends will not be lying on the beach at this time next month.
(?)…Will My friends be lying on the beach at this time next month?
Bài 2. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai tiếp diễn
1. I (learn)………will be learning.English at this time tomorrow.
2. My mother (go) will be going…to France at this time next month.
3. They (sell) will be selling..winter closes at this time next week.
4. Jim (read) …will be reading…in the library at 3 p.m tomorrow.
5. He (not study)…won’t be studying…at that time tomorrow.
6. Will you be staying.(you/ stay) at home when I arrive tomorrow?
7. My father (watch) will be watchinga soccer match on TV at 8 o’clock tomorrow evening.
8. Our teacher (teach) will ne teachingMath at this time next week.
9. Jim and Jane (go) will be goingto the local museum at this time next week.
10. All the students (sit) will be sittingthe English Exam at 7.a.m. tomorrow.
11. What will Peter be doing(Peter/ do) at & o’clock tomorrow morning?

116
12. Peter (write) will be writinga report.
13. I’m very busy tomorrow morning. I (not/play) won’t be playingsport at 8 a.m.
14. Will the baby be sleeping(the baby/ sleep) at 9p.m. tomorrow?
15. A well – known professor (deliver) will be deliveringa lecture at my university at 8 a.m.
Bai 3. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng
1. Will you be playing the piano at this time tomorrow/ No, I (won’t/ won’t be)
2. My father will (be going/go) on a business trip at this time next month.
3. Jim promises he will (be going/go) to the book store with me tomorrow.
4. I think my cat will (be waiting/wait) for me at home at this time tomorrow.
5. These students will (be working/ work) on their end-of-term project at this time next week.
6. I think Josh won’t (be lying/lie) me again.
7. I will (be lying/lie) on my bed an hour from now.
8. At midnight today, everyone won’t (be sleeping/ sleep) because they want to see the fireworks.
9. Will you (be coming/come) to my birthday party tomorrow, Ann?
10. I think It will (be raining/ rain) at this time next month.
11. I will (be talking/ talk) with my foreign friend at this time next week.
12. I don’t think that Jim will (be winning/ win) the competition tomorrow.
13. My sister will (be having/ have dinner with her boyfriend at 7.p.m tomorrow.
14. Jim will (be learning/ learn)Japanese because he likes it.
15. Mr. Smith will (begoing/ go) shopping with me tomorrow.
Bai 4. Sap xep cac tu da cho de tao thanh cau hoan chinh
1. you/ Who/ wii/ be/ at/ time/ this/ waiting/ week/ for/ next?
Who will you be waiting for at this time next week?
2. dinner/ will/ My/ preparing/ mother/ 5 o’clock/ afternoon/ be/ at/ tomorrow.
My mother will be preparing dinner at 5 o’clock tomorrow afternoon.
3. Mr. Vu/ teaching/ class/ at/ tomorrow/ Will/ 8.a.m/ be/ your/ in?
Will Mr. Vu be teaching in your class at 8 a.m. tomorrow?
4. I /be/ will/ think/ sleeping/ hour/ now/ I/ an/ from.
I think I will be sleeping an hour from now.
5. you/ this/ will/ Where/ going/ week/ be/ time/ at/ next?
Where will you be going to this time next week.
6. not/ playing/ time/ this / tomorrow/ at / Jane/ will/ be.
Jane will not be playing at this time tomorrow.
7. here/ A/ singer/ performing/ famous/ will/ at/ be/ 8a.m./ tomorrow.
A famous singer will be performing here at 8 a.m. tomorrow.
8. be/ swimming/ pool/ at/ time/ in/ will/ Mary/ next/ people/ month/ this/ this/ month.
Many people will be swimming in this pool at this time next month.
Bài 5. Điền các động từ đã cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp, sử dụng thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định ở thì tương lai tiếp diễn của các động từ đó.
1. I will be very busy tomorrow, so I (go) won’t be goingshopping with my friend s at 4p.m.
2. My parents want to go fishing, so they (fish) will be fishingat this time next weekend.
3. I think it (snow) will be snowingat this time tomorrow, so I decided to stay home for warmth.
4. Today I don’t have any homework, so I (do) won’t be doinghomework at 5 o’clock this afternoon.
5. I have classes tomorrow morning. I (learn) will be learningEnglish at 9 a.m.
6. My bike is broken. I (ride) won’t be ridingIt to school at this time tomorrow.
7. Jame’s bought a train ticket. He (travel) will be travelingto Venice at this time next week.
8. We’ve canceled our boat trip. We (sail) won’t be sailingalong the river at this time next week.
9. My parents won’t be home next week. I (eat) will be eatingalone at this time next week.
10. I (help) will be helpingmy mom with housework at this time tomorrow because she will come home late.
11. My wife wants to eat out tomorrow, so she (cook) won’t be cookingat this time tomorrow.
12. My favorite singer (perform) will be performingat 7p.m. tomorrow. I will spend time for his show.
13. I (walk) won’t be walkingwith my dog in the park at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning because my legs hurt.
14. Jim will finish his project tomorrow. He (do) won’t be doingit at this time next week.
15. I’ve bought some sunscreen. I (sunbathe) will be sunbathingon the beach at this time tomorrow.

117
Bài 6. Chuyển những câu bị động dưới đây về dạng chủ động (+), bị động (-), và nghi vấn (?) ở thì tương
lai đơn.
1. (+) Peter will be taken to the airport by his father tomorrow.
(-) Peter won’t be taken to the airport by his father tomorrow.
(?) Will Peter be taken to the airport by his father tomorrow?
2. (+) Tonight dinner will be prepared by my mother.
(-) Tonight dinner won’t be prepared by my mother.
(?) Will tonight dinner be prepared by my mother.
3. (+) My broken bicycle will be fixed by my father.
(-) My broken bicycle won’t be fixed by my father
(?) Will my broken bicycle be fixed by my father
4. (+) A new building will be built here
(-) A new building won’t be built here
(?) Will a new building be built here?
5. (+) Her baby will be looked after by a childminder
(-) Her baby won’t be looked after by a childminder.
(?) Will her baby be looked after by a childminder.
6. (+) Jim’s next birthday party will be held tomorrow.
(-) Jim’s next birthday party won’t be held tomorrow.
(?) Will Jim’s next birthday party be held tomorrow.
7. (+) His letter will be sent to Jane
(-) His letter won’t be sent to Jane
(?) Will this letter be sent to Jane?
8. (+) This big tree will be cut down tomorrow
(-) This big tree will not be cut down tomorrow.
(?) Will this big tree not be cut down tomorrow?
Bài 7. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
1. The contract will be …….by the CEO.
A. sign B. signing C. signed
2. The last decision will…..by the leader.
A. make B. be make C. be made
3. The house………before my brother comes home.
A. will clean B. will be cleaned C. will be cleaning
4. This museum………..by thousands of people.
A. will visited B. will be visited C. will be visit
5. My grandfather……………after by my sister when I am not home.
A. will look B. will be looked C. will be looking
6. ……….painted in blue?
A. Will be room B. Will be the room C. Will the room be
7. Will the problem………before 8 a.m. tomorrow?
A. solve B. be solved C. be solving
8. When…….be built?
A. will B. will the tower C. the tower will
9. Your secret………revealed by anyone.
A. won’t B. will not be C. won’t being
10. The meeting……..by many people.
A. will be not attended B. will not be attended C. won’t attended
Bài 8. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thể bị động thì tương lai đơn.
1. Jim (visit) will be visitedby Jane tomorrow.
2. Will this car be washed(this car/wash) by my father tomorrow?
3. In the next few days, breakfast (prepare) will be prepared by my sister.
4. Jim’s cat (feed) will be fed by Jane when he’s away from home.
5. Mr.Smith’s wedding cake (not buy) won’t be bought in the local bakery.

118
6. Will our plan developed (our plan/ develop) into a big project?
7. The equipment you need (sell) will be sold at that store tomorrow.
8. All the housework (do) will be done by the new housemaid.
9. Our project on energy saving (complete) will be completedby the end of this month.
10. I don’t think traditional books (replace) will be replacedby e-books.
11. The project on new sources of power (invest) will be investedby a group of environmentalist.
12. All the sttudents (instruct) will be instructedto use the new equipment by the teacher.
13. When will a new bridge built (a new bridge/ build) across this river?
14. Jim’s essay (read) will be read out loud in front of the whole class tomorrow.
15. The laundry (do) will be done by me tomorrow morning.
16. A new shop (open) will be opened at the end of the street tomorrow.
17. The report (write) will be written by the group leader.
18. Who (pick up) will be picked by Peter tonight?
19. This car (drive) will be driven by me after my father gives me this.
20. My cat (take) will be taken to the vet’s by my mother.
Bài 9. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu bị động ở thì tương lai đơn.
1. The man/ charge/ with/ armed robbery.
The man will be charged with armed robbery.
2. A picture of this mountain/ take/ a famous photographer.
A picture of this mountain will be taken by a famous photogragher.
3. His book/ translate/ into English/ next year.
His book will be translated into Engkish next yearr.
4. The plan/ explain/ clearly/ to you.
The plan will be explained clearly to you.
5. The postcard/ send/ to my grandparents.
The postcard will be sent to my grandparents.
6. Jim’s new book/ publish/ this year?
Will Jim’s new book be published this year?
7. When/ they/ pay/ their salary?
When will they be paid their salary
8. The reseacher/ conduct/ this year.
The researcher will be conducted this year.
9. A letter/ write/ send/ to me/ a foreign friend.
A letter will be written and sent to me by a foreign friend.
10. Mary/ think/ milk/ deliver/ to her house/ before 7 a.m. tomorrow.
Mary thinks milk will be delivered to her house before 7 a.m. tomorrow.
Bài 10. Chuyển các câu chủ động dưới đây thành câu bị động hoặc ngược lại
1. They will hold a party tomorrow night.
A party will be held tomorrow night.
2. Which dress will Jane buy?
Which dress will be bought by Jane?
3. Someone will water these flowers tomorrow.
These flowers will be watered tomorrow.
4. People won’t destroy rainforests any more.
Rainforests won’t be destroyed any more
5. No one will buy this expensive dress.
This epemsive dress won’t be bought.
6. What will they do to save energy?
What will be done to save energy?
7. A lecture will be delivered by a famous professor tomorrow.
A famous professor will deliver a lecture tomorrow.
8. Non – renewable energy will be replaced by renewable energy.
Renewable energy will replace non – renewable energy.
9. All his savings will not be spent on buying new house.

119
He will not spend all his savings on buying new house.
10. Peter will be sent to a new shool by his parents.
Peter’s parents will send him to a new school.
11. All the dishes will be made by a famous chef.
A famous chef will make all the dishes.
12. Where will the students be met by their teacher?
Where will their teacher meet the students
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 11. Gạch chân lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng
1. My family will be gone on a summer vacation at this time next week. going
2. Jim will be not readingbooks at this time tomorrow. not be reading
3. When will be the shopopened again? will the shop be
4. Preparations for the events will be making before 8.a.m. tomorrow. make
5. I don’t think machines will be replacedworkers in the factories. replace
6. The streets will be widening soon after tomorrow. widened
7. All the old houses in my neighborhood will pull down next week. pulled
8. My computer will be assistedme with my study. assist
Bài 12. Chia động từ trong hộp vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp, sử dụng thể bị động thì tương lai đơn.
find Hold install Use up put
use Replace exploit build broadcast
1. The government has passed laws to protect the forests, so forests (not)………for woods any more. won’t be
exploited
2. If we don’t save natural resouces, they……….in the near future. will be used up
3. I think that renewable sources of energy will be used widely in the future.
4. Scientists believe that new sources of energy ………..soon. . will be found
5. Some windmill will be builtin my hometown. We will probably use wind power instead of hydroelectric
power.
6. It is possible that hydroelectricity will be replacedby solar or wind energy in the xext decade.
7. A conference on alternative energy will be heldnext month.
8. A TV program about new sources of energy will be broadcast live tomorrow morning.
9. Two thousand of solar panels will be installedin this erea next year.
10. Watershed forests will be putunder protection of the government.
Bài 13. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. I …….English at this time tomorrow.
A. will be taught B. will be teaching C. will teach
2. What will it ……by its owner?
A. be called B. be calling C. call
3. The baby…..after by me before his mother comes back.
A. will be looked B. will be looking C. will look
4. I promise this……again.
A. won’t be happened B. won’t be happening C. won’t happen
5. Where……to by our parents this weekend?
A. will you be taken B. will you be taking C. will you take
6. My favorite singer will be singing……tomorrow.
A. at time B. at this time C. in
7. I will be playing badminton……my friends an hour from now.
A. by B. with C. of
8. Dinner will ……..by me tonight because I’m ill.
A. be cooked B. not be cooked C. not cook
9. Where will it……?
A. be located B. be locating C. locate
10. I think my homework …….before 4 o’clock this afternoon.
A. will be finished B. will be finishing C. will finish
Bài 14. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thể chủ động hoặc bị động thì tương lai sao cho thích hợp

120
1. If we don’t use fossil fuel efficiently, we (run) …will run..out of it soon.
2. Solar power (use)…will be used …..as the main source of energy in many countries in the future.
3. Will many people attend (many people/ attend) this conference?
4. Our family (use) will usethe new type of bulb to save energy.
5. People (allow) won’t be allowedto destroy rainforests any more.
6. The government (put) will putnatural resources under protection.
7. Solar panels (see) will be seenin many parts of the world.
8. My grandfather doesn’t believe that electricity (generate) will be generatedby the wind.

TEST 1 UNIT 10
I.
Stress on 1st syllable Stress on 2nd syllable
calendar, exercise, travelling, similar, marvelous, convenience, familiar, important,
excellent, wonderful, biogas, scientist, energy, abundant, convenient, musician,
dangerous, excellent, plentiful polluting

II.
1. C 2. D 3. D 4. A
5. C 6. C 7. B 8. D
III.
1. C 2. D 3. C 4. A
5. B 6. B 7. B 8. B
IV.
1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A
V.
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. A
VI.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. B
6. B 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. D
VII.
1. will be studying 2. Will you be waiting
3. will be having 4. will be wearing
5. will send 6. will arrive
7. will be lying 8. will be working
9. will be meeting 10. will be playing
VIII.
1. Public transport will be used to go to school by students.
2. A great deal of electricity will be generated by solar power this summer.
3. Will the solar panels be installed on the roof of the house tomorrow?
4. Plants won’t be burnt to heat this winter by local people.
5. The air will be polluted by the smoke from factories.
6. A hydro power station will be built in this area.
IX.
1. economically 2. renewable
3. alternative 4. electricity
5. power 6. environmentally
7. transportation/ transport 8. heat
9. produce 10. shortage
X.
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B
6. A 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. A

121
XI.
1. D 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. D

XII.
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B
6. D 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. D
XIII.
1. More regulations will be made to reduce industrial pollution by governments.
2. Fossil fuels won’t be burnt for energy in the future.
3. More wind turbines will be constructed in that area to produce electricity.
4. Will our electricity bills be reduced to 20% in five months?
5. Alternative sources of energy will be developed.
5. Electricity will be being provided at this time next year.
6. Solutions will be found to reduce pollution in our city by scientists.
7. The tax on petrol will be increased to 15% next September.
8. With that device the wave energy will be changed into electricity.
10. Ordinary 100- watt light bulls will be replaced with energy-saving ones.
XIV.
1. Solar panels will be installed on the roof of our house next week.
2. A new school will be built for poor children next month.
3. Will cracks on the water popes be checked in two days (by the plumber)?
4. These chemicals are sold everywhere in my hometown.
5. The film on types of future energy sources won’t be shown next Friday.
6. The new president will be interviewed on TV.
7. The old thermal power plant will be destroyed at the end of this year.
8. The road to our village will be widened next year.
9. Biogas will be used for cooking and heating at this time next month.
10. The first prize was gotten at the competition.
TEST 2 UNIT 10
I.
Stress on 1st syllable celebrate; festival; generate; comfortable; library; relative; fortunate illegal; Stress
on 2nd syllable: available; consumption; electric; performance; performer; effective; imagine; convenient;
exhausted; improvement
II.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. D
III.
1. D 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. D
IV.
1. A 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. B
V.
1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B
11. B 12. C 13. B 14.C 15.D 16. D 17. A 18. D 19. B 20. B
VI.
1. converted 2. Generate 3. reduce 4. avoid 5. invested
VII.
1. will be wearing 2. will be working 3. will be arriving 4. will be speaking 5. will be playing
VIII.
1. True 2. False 3. True 4. True 5. False
IX.
1. False 2. True 3. True 4. True 5. False
X.
1. energy 2. rural 3. electricity 4. wastes 5. Students
6.save 7. off 8. bulbs 9. natural 10. coal
XI.
122
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. B
XII.
1. False 2. True 3. False 4. True 5. True
XIII.
1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C
XIV.
1. Almost all our energy comes from oil, gas, and natural gas. We call them fossil fuels.
2. The earth’s fossil fuels are running out.
3. Scientists are trying to find other alternative sources of energy.
4. We can use energy from the sun, the wind, and the water.
5. The sun supplies all the energy used to grow plants, to evaporate water for rain, and to maintain the
temperature of the planet.
6. If we are able to collect solar energy, we will be sure to have enough power.
7. Energy from the wind has been used for centuries to move ships, grind grain, pump water and do other
forms of work.
8. Recently, the wind has been used to generate electricity.
9. For a long time, people have used water to power machines.
10. Today water power is mostly used to generate electricity.
XV.
1. We are looking for a cheap, clean, effective source of energy that/which doesn’t cause pollution or waste
natural resources.
2. At present, most of our electricity comes from the use of coal, gas, oil or nuclear power.
3. This power could be provided by the sun.
4. One percent of the solar energy that reaches the earth is enough to provide power for the total population.

5. Many countries are already using solar energy.


6. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house and the sun’s energy is used to heat water.
7. The energy can be stored for a number of days.
8. On cloudy days you can use solar energy, too.
9. Viet Nam has an advanced technology of solar energy.
10. Cars will use solar energy instead of gas by the year 2030.

UNIT 11. TRAVELLING IN THE FUTURE

BÀI 1: Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết câu ở thể khẳng định(+), thể phủ định, thể nghi vấn(+) với động từ
khuyết thuyết “will”
1. Jim/arrive/here/tomorrow.
(+)Jim will arrive here tomorrow.
(-)Jim won’t arrive here tomorrow.
(?)Will Jim arrive here tomorrow?
2. There/ be/ many driverless cars/on the street/in the future.
(+)There will be many driverless cars on the street in the future.
(-)There won’t be many driverless cars on the street in the future.
(?)Will there be many driverless cars on the street in the future?
3. Maria/ travel/to Berlin/ on the metro.
(+)Maria will travel to Berlin on the metro.
(-)Maria won’t l travel to Berlin on the metro.
(?)Will Maria travel to Berlin on the metro?
4. High-speed trains/ be/ very/ popular/in the next years.
(+)High-speed trains will be very popular in the next years.
(-)High-speed trains won’t be very popular in the next years.
(?) Will high-speed trains be very popular in the next years?
5.There/ be/ gridlock/between 5:30 and 7:00
(+)There will be gridlock between 5:30 and 7:00
123
(-)There won’t be gridlock between 5:30 and 7:00
(?) Will there be gridlock between 5:30 and 7:00 ?
6.They/build/an overpass/here/next year.
(+) They will build an overpass here next year.
(-)They won’t build an overpass here next year.
(?)Will they build an overpass here next year?
7.Peter/ learn/to ride/a monowheel.
(+)Peter will learn to ride a monowheel.
(-)Peter won’t learn to ride a monowheel.
(?) Will Peter learn to ride a monowheel?
8.People/ travel/flying cars/ in the future.
(+) People will travel by flying cars in the future.
(-)_People won’t travel by flying cars in the future.
(?) Will People travel by flying cars in the future?

Giải thích: dùng động từ khuyết thiếu “ will” để nói về dự đoán trong tương lai, cấu trúc câu khẳng
đinh( +) “ S+ will +V”; Câu phủ định(-): “ S+ won’t + V; Câu nghi vấn (?) “ Will +S+V”

Bài 2: Hoàn thành các câu dưới đấy sử dung động từ khuyết thiếu “ will” và động từ trong ngoặc.
1. In the future, buildings ( be) _will be ____taller and moderner.
2. I think that people ( drive)__will drive_____to work by flying vehicles and in the future.
3. People ( not use)____won’t use_______ox or horse carts any more.
4.I think public transportation(develop)____will develop____and people (use)_____will use ____less private
vehicles.
5.__Will____(they/accept)____accept ___ my invitations?
6._____Will_______( many workers/ choose)___choose___ to work from home?
7. Jim thinks that life (be) __will be_______easier in the future thanks to the help of robots.
8. Astronomers believe that they (find)_______will find______a living planet like the earth.
9. When ___will living in Mars be________( living in Mars/ be) possible?
10. Which means of transportation (take)__will take_______the major role in the next 20 years?
11. It is predicted that there( be)___will be________hail and snow tomorrow.
12. I’m afraid that my parents ( not allow)__won’t allow______me to go out too late.
13. Who (make)____will make______the last decision?
14.___will____(robots /replace)__replace _all human workers in factories? No, they __won’t____
15. Jane expects that her mother (come)_____will come__________home early today.
16. Future vehicles (run)_______will run_______on biofuel and other green energy.
17. My grandfather doesn’t believe that cars (fly)__will fly_______________like planes in the future.
18. There (not be)_____won’t be________gridlock in the future because people ( travel)_____will
travel_______by flying cars.
19. I think that countryside (disappear)_____will disappear______in the future due to urbanization.
20. Solar-powered equipment ( be)_______will be______very popular in the future.
Bài 3: Nối câu cột A sao cho câu trả lời cột B sao cho thích hợp

1_d_ 2__f__ 3___a_ 4_g__


5h 6_c__ 7_b____ 8_e__
Bài 4: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. They /think/their team/ be/ champion.
They think (that) their team will be the champion
Hành động nghĩ là hành động ở hiện tại nên chia ở thì hiện tại đơn. Mệnh đề sau mang ý nghĩa dự đoán
về hành động trong tương lai

2. I/ not think/ Jim/ buy/ a new car.


I don’t think that Jim will buy a new car.

124
3. More people/ live/work/ in the cities.
More people will live and work in the cities.
Dùng động từ khuyết thuyết để nói về dự đoán trong tương lai, cấu trúc câu khẳng định.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4. What/ you/ do/ if/ you/be/ the winner?
What will you do if you are the winner?
Câu bảo gồm hai mệnh đề. Mệnh đề phụ là mệnh đề với câu điều kiện loại 1 chia động từ thì hiện tại đơn.
Mệnh đề chính là câu hỏi với từ để hỏi what dùng động từ khuyết thuyết để nói về dự đoán trong tương lai với
cấu trúc.

5. People/ afraid/ non-renewable sources of energy/ run out/in the future.


People are afraid that non-renewable sources of energy will run out in the future.
Giải thích: “ afraid” e ngại là tính từ cần thêm động từ to be để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh. Mệnh đề sau đó
mang ý nghĩa dự đoán về hành động trong tương lai.

6. Many people/ believe/ there/ be/ life/in other planets.


Many people believed that there will be life in other planets.
Giải thích: hành động “believe” nghĩa là hành động ở hiện tại nên chia về thì hiện tại đơn. Mệnh đề sau “
believe” mang ý nghĩa dự đoán về hành động trong tương lai.

7. People all over the world/speak/ the same language/in the future?
Will people all over the world speak the same language in the future?
Giải thích: Dùng độngt từ khuyết thuyết với “ will” để nói về dự đoán trong tương lai, cấu trúc câu nghi vấn: “
will +S+ V”
8. More and more people/ travel/ airplanes/in the future.
More and more people will travel by airplanes in the future.
Giải thích: Dùng động từ khuyết thuyết “ will” để nói về dự đoán trong tương lai, cấu trúc câu khẳng định : “
S+ will + V”
Bài 5: Hãy sử dụng đại từ sở hữu thay thế cho các cụm từ trong ngoặc trong các câu sau:
1. My brother’s bike is blue. (My bike)_mine____ is blue, too
2. This is my house and that is (her house)_______hers__.
3. My brother ate not only his cake but also (my cake)___mine________
4. Please move to another table. This is (our table)_______ours________
5. They mistook our car for( their car)__theirs_______
6.Give this book to Jim. It’s ( his book)_________his________
7.My laptop didn’t work, so I used ( her laptop)_________hers________
8.My house is not as modern as ( your house)_____________yours___________.
9.The last decision will be ( my decision)__________mine_______________________
10.Is it your suitcase or ( his suitcase)_____his_________?
11. Their garden is smaller than ( my garden)____mine_______
12.It used to be my car. Now it’s ( her car)__hers_____.
13.I found my keys. Have you found ( your keys)____yours___?
14.Their team beat ( our team)_______ours_______
15.This is not your money but it is ( my money)___mine____.
Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Have you got _______pen, or would you like to borrow _________?
A. your-mine B. yours-my C. yours-mine
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu “ your” trước danh từ “ pen”, dùng đại từ sở hữu “ mine” để thay thế cho “
my pen”
2. Jane’s voice is good. ______is good, too.
A.I B. my C. mine
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ sở hữu: “mine”để thay thế cho “my voice”
3.______ cat is adorable.______is adorable too.
125
A. Your-Mine B. Your-Mine C. yours-mine
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu “ your” trước danh từ “ cat” , dùng đại từ sở hữu “ mine” để thay thế cho “
my cat”
4. My face looks like _______face.
A. she B. her C. hers
Giải thích: Trước danh từ “ face” cần dùng tính từ sở hữu “ her”
5. it’s not _____fault. It’s _______
A. your-mine B. yours-mine C. yours-mine
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu “ your” trước danh từ “fault”, dùng đại từ sở hữu “ mine” để thay thế cho “my
fault”
6. Jim’s car was parked here. _______parked _______car here too.
A.I-mine B.I –my C.my-mine
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ I với vai trò là chủ ngữ, tính từ sở hữu my trước danh từ car.
7. I know Louis is _________friend. He’s also a friend of_________
A. your-my B. your- I C. your-mine
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ ở hữu your trước danht từ friend; dùng đại từ sở hữu mine trong câu sở hữu kép.
8. I lost my pencil. Can I have one of ______?
A. your B. you C. yours
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ sở hữu “ yours” trong câu sở hữu kép.

9. This is not _______car. __________is black.


A. my- my B.my-mine C.my –I
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu my trước danh từ, dùng đại từ sở hữu mine để thay thế cho my car.
10. Has the cat had ______food?
A. its B.it C .his
Dùng tính từ sở hữu its trước danh từ

Bài 7: Điền đại từ sở hữu thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại sau.
1. Peter: Hi Tom, you look happy today
Tom: Oh, hi Peter. I am so excited. My father’s bought me a new bike.
Peter: Really, I’ve got a new bike too. My bike is blue. How about(1) ____yours____?
Tom (2)____mine _____is green. I’ve heard that Jim has a bike too (3)___his____has the same color.
Peter: Yes, I saw his bike but I haven’t seen ( 4)_yours______How about going cycling together this
weekend?
Tom: That a good idea. Let’s invite Jim to join us.

2. Jim: Hello, this is Jim.


Tom: Oh, hi Jim, this is Peter. Peter and I are going cycling this weekend because we’ve got new bikes. Do you
want to join us?
Jim: It sounds nice.
Tom: My bike is green. It has the same color with (5)_____yours_____I hope that I won’t mistake your for
(6)______mine_____
Jim: Don’t worry, my bike must look older than (7)___yours____Oh, wait a minute. I’ve remembered that my
bike’s broken.
Tom: It’s such a pity. Can you borrow a bike?
Jim: Uhm, let see. My sister has a bike. I will borrow (8)____hers____ I will call you if she agrees to lend me
her bike.
Tom: Okay
Bài 8:Đánh dấu …… trước câu trả lời đúng, dấu ……………trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
____1.Excuse me. We came here first so this table is our.
Lỗi sai our  ours
Giải thích: Dùng đạit từ ours để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu ( our) và danh từ ( table)

_____2.Tom is a friend of me.

126
Lỗi sai me mine
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ sở hữu mine trong câu sở hữu kép

_____3.Jim house is as big as mine house.


Lỗi sai mine my
Giải thích: dùng tính từ sở hữu “ my” trước danh từ house

_____4. My cat doesn’t sleep with me. It’s bed is in another room.
Lỗi sai: it’s its
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu its trước danh từ “ bed”

_____5.My answer for this question is different from his.


Câu đúng
_____6.Do you have another umbrella? I forgot my at home.
Lỗi sai: my mine
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ sở hữu mine để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu “ my” và danh từ umbrella

_____7.Her hat is very expensive. Mine have a beautiful hat too.


Lỗi sai: mine I
Giải thích: Dùng đại từ I ở vị trí chủ ngữ

_____8.Theirs restaurant is not as famous as ours.


Lỗi sai: theirs  their
Giải thích: Dùng tính từ sở hữu “ their” trước danh từ “ restaurant”

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO


BÀI 9:Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây , sử dụng động từ khuyết thiếu “will” và động từ cho sẵn

Commute have become live see


Learn be build be produce

1. People ______will build___________more overpasses to reduce traffic jam in crowed cities.


2. Bullet trains _____will come______very popular in the next 10 years.
3. My brother _____will learn ___to ride a monowheel and my father will teach him.
4. They __will produce_____electricity from wave power.
5. More and more people _____will commute ___by high-speed trains in the future.
6. There ___will be ____many skycrapers in the next 30 years.
7. If you break the speed limit, you ___will have____ a car crash.
8. If you leave soon, you ( not)____won’t be___ stuck in the gridlock.
9. We __will see___ many flying vehicles in the sky in the future.
10. Do you think that human beings____will live ___ in outer space?
BÀI 10: SẮP XẾP CÁC TỪ CHO SẴN ĐỂ ĐƯỢC CÂU HOÀN CHỈNH
1.life/ easier/ think/ will/ in/ be/ I/ future/ the/ don’t.
I don’t think life will be easier in the future.
2.of/This/friend/be/future/boy/a/ will/mine/in/the.
This boy will be friend of mine in the future
3.human being/will/technological/enable/development/live/to/better.
Technological development will enable human being to live better.
4.be/will/No/thinks/next/one/the/he/champion.
No one thinks he will be the next champion.
5.than /My/house/future/modern/his/ more/will/be.
My future house will be more modern than his.
6.no/in/street/the/the/be/will/There/next/years/20/carts/in.
There will be no carts in the streets in the next 20 years.

127
7.cars/run/land/Future/will/and/underwater/on.
Future car will run on land and underwater.
8.no longer/travel/horses/in/Will/or/people/camels/by/ the/ future?
Will people no longer travel by horses or camels in the future?
Bài 11: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng
1.I think that Jim ( will/won’t) go to school tomorrow because he’s sick.
2.Flying cars will ( see/be seen) everywhere in the future.
3. Jim ( will/ won’ t) come to our party because he has a tight schedule.
4.Some scientists ( think/will think) that the Earth ( explodes/ will explode) in the future.
5. I don’t think that we will ( make/be made) contact with the aliens in the future.
6.Jane thinks that there ( will/won’t)be traffic jam in the airways if every person owns a flying car in the future.
7.Inland waterways of the city will ( upgrade/be upgraded) soon .
8.It ( is/ will be) predicted that we ( will run/is run) out of fossil fuel in the future.
9.There ( is/will be)an overpass in my city now and I think they ( will build/are built) another nex year.
10.I hope that the problem of traffic jam will ( solve/ be solved ) as soon as possible.
BÀI 12: ĐIỀN ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG, TÍNH TỪ SỞ HỮU HOẶC ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU VÀO CHỖ
TRỐNG SAO CHO THÍCH HỢP.
1.Jane has already eaten her lunch, but I’m saving____mine______until late.
2.Mary has broken __her____leg
3. My father and I will fix my bike tomorrow. ___It___was broken two days ago.
4.Peter will sell ____his__house. ____He______will move to another city.
5.We gave them ____our___telephone number, and they gave us__their_____________.
6. “ ___My______pencil is broken. Can I borrow ____yours_____?
7.Jim’s car is very old.___He____bought it two years ago. I bought ____my____car three years ago but mine
still looks better than __________his_________.
8.Tom lives in England but __________his_____parents live in Spain.
9.Excuse me, is this _____your__bag, Anna?- “No, it’s _____mine_____
10. ‘ Is that Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s house?”- No, _theirs_______is in the next street’.
TEST 1 UNIT 11
I.
1. B 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. C
II.
1. A 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B
III.
1. are having 2. will remember
3. Are you going 4. will pass
5. will complain 6. will do
7. am seeing 8. are you going to do
9. Will you tell 10. is going to grow
IV.
1. her – mine 2.Their – Ours 3. your – his 4.his – mine 5. Her - Yours
V.
1. mine 2. his 3. theirs 4. your
5. his 6. her 7. ours 8. my
VI.
1. products 2. innovations
3. inventor 4. electricity
5. friendly 6. shortage
7. protection 8. knowledge
9. heated 10. appliances
VII.
1. in/ in 2. of/ of 3. with 4. into/ at 5. to/ in
6. of 7. for 8. of 9. for 10. at
VIII.

128
1. for 2. to 3. of 4. of 5. with
6. after 7. off 8. off 9. on 10. on
IX.
1. already 2. will 3. from 4. carry
5. journey 6. passengers 7. make 8. successful
X.
1. Renewable energy will be used in the future.
2. This school is ours.
3. How far is it from Vinh to Hanoi city?
4. I used to walk to school when I was a student.
5. In spite of being short, they still love playing sports.
6. Solar energy will be used to protect the environment.
7. In spite of eating lots of food, she is still very slim.
8. How far is it from Hanoi to HCM city?
9. I am interested in English.
10. They will fix our roof tomorrow.
XI.
1. There are a lot of tables in the café.
2. There is much information in the theatre programmes.
3. There are more than thirty theatres in London.
4. There is a swimming pool in the garden.
5. There are both private and state schools in the system.
6. It took me 3 months to accomplish this task.
7. Sorting out her stamps took Jane 3 hours a week.
8. The pictures will take 3 minutes to reach the earth.
9. It took her 30 minutes to write the letter.
10. It took him 2 hours to finish his essay.
XII.
1. a → an 2. a → the
3. are → is
4. more → bỏ “more 5. does → do 6. is → was
7. getting → to get 8. starts → started
TEST 2 UNIT 11
I.
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. A
II.
6. D 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. D
III.
11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. A 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. D 20. A
21. C 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. A
IV.
1.will not live 2. will go 3. will be/ become 4. will live 5. will not be
6. will be 7. will live 8. will be/ become 9. will not need 10. will fly/ travel
V.
1. your 2. Hers 3. your – my – Mine 4. yours 5. theirs – Their
VI.
1. his – yours – Mine 2. your – his
3. your – yours – Mine 4. your – yours – Yours – hers – My – Hers
VII.
1. ride 2. got on 3. driving 4. got off 5. fly 6. exercise
7. seat belt 8. train 9. sail 10. a traffic jam 11. parked 12. Cycle
VIII. 1. will 2. won't – will 3. will 4. will 5. won't
IX.
1. will have 2. will eat 3. will meet 4. will get 5. won't spend
129
6. won’t rain 7. will go 8. will buy 9. will enjoy 10. will try
X.
1. It will make its first flight on 14 December this year.
2. The plane will fly from the Isle of Man (an island between England and Ireland).
3. It will fly to Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland.
4. No, it won’t carry a lot of passengers because it is a small plane.
5. The journey will take about 45 minutes.
6. No, passengers won’t get any food or drink on the flight.
XI.
1. It takes about twenty-one hours.
2. It is 4,500 kilometres per hour.
3. The plane will fly at an altitude of over 10,000 metres.
4. It will carry 300 passengers.
5. A ticket for the flight from London to Sydney costs about £2,000.
XII.
1. True 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. True
XIII.
1. AeroMobil is a beautiful flying car.
2. It can give you freedom to move.
3. It takes AeroMobil only about 15 minutes to change from a car to a plane.
4. As a car, it can fit in any standard parking space, use regular gasoline, and can be used in road traffic just
like any other car.
5. It can also take off and land using any grass strip or paved surface just a few hundred meters long.
XIV.
1. The computer-controlled pods will take you wherever you want along a fixed route, whenever you want to
go.
2. People can ride at the speed of 25mph.
3. There will be little wait for use of the cabs, which will leave from stations and will be accessed by pre-paid
smartcards.

4. The cabs, which will travel on a 1.5m-wide track, will use 75% less energy per passenger than a car and
50% less than a bus.
5. They have already tested 160 driverless cabs since 2006, and many investors and politicians have
supported the idea.

UNIT 12: AN OVERCROWDED WORLD


(MỘT THẾ GIỚI QUÁ ĐÔNG ĐÚC)
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
16. I have (less/ fewer) pocket money than my brother.
17. He eats (less/ fewer) vegetables and fruit than his wife.
18. The doctor advised the kid to eat (less/ fewer) sweets to be healthy.
19. There are (less/ fewer) cars in this town than in my city.
20. Mr. Smith does (less/ fewer) exercise than he should.
21. She has (less/ fewer) patience than her coworker.
22. I have (less/ fewer) time to spend on relaxing than my sister.
23. Peter wants to have (less/ fewer) business trips because he has become seriously weak.
24. She has (less/ fewer) work to do than me.
25. The students have (less/ fewer) days to finish the project.
26. Jack is advised to smoke (less/ fewer) cigarettes.
27. Jane has (less/ fewer) friends than Jim.
28. My city has (less/ fewer) friends than Jim.
29. There are (less/ fewer) tourists this year.
30. Peter has (less/ fewer) toys than his sibings.
130
Bài 2: Điền “more/less/fewer” vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
11. My company has _____fewer_______ employees than your company because mine has about one
hundred employees but yours has almost two hundred.
( Công ty của tôi có ít nhân viên hơn của bạn vì công ty tôi có khoảng 100 nhân viên nhưng công ty bạn lại có
gần 200)
12. Jim learns better than Jane. He has __more__________ good grades than Jane.
Jim học tốt hơn Jane. Cậu ấy có nhiều điểm tốt hơn Jane
13. Because of water pollution, nowadays there is ___less___ fresh water than in the past.
Do ôi nhiễm nguồn nước , ngày nay có ít nước sạch hơn trước kia.
14. My neighborhood is more peaceful than your neighborhood. Yours has criminal cases than mine.
Khu dân cư của tôi yên bình hơn của bạn. Của bạn có nhiều trường hợp phạm tội hơn của tôi.
15. There are ____more________ industrial emissions in the city than in the countryside.
Có nhiều khí thải nông nghiệp thành phố hơn nông thôn.
16. Nowadays people spend _____more_______ money on education than in the past.
Ngày nay mọi người dành nhiều tiền vào giáo dục hơn trong quá khứ.
17. I hope this year we will harvest ____more________ rice than last year, so we won’t be worried about
famine.
Tôi hy vọng rằng năm nay chúng ta sẽ thu hoạch nhiều lúa gạo hơn năm ngoái, vậy chúng ta sẽ không lo về nạn
đói
18. Many people are moving to the city because there are __more____ job opportunities there than in the
countryside.
Nhiều người đang di chuyển về thành phố vì ở đó có nhiều cơ hội việc làm hơn ở nông thôn.
19. The governments are trying to raise the living standards of people. I think that there will be
_____fewer____ slum areas in the future.
Chính phủ đang cố gắng nâng cao mức sống của mọi người. Tôi nghĩ rằng sẽ có ít khu ổ chuột hơn trong tương
lai.
20. Underdeveloped countries have to deal with ______more______ problems than developed countries.
Những nước chưa phát triển phải đối mặt với nhiều vấn đề hơn các nước phát triển.
Bài 3: Nối mệnh đề ở cột A với mệnh đề ở cột B sao cho hợp lý.
2- __a_____ 2- ____d___ 3- ____a___ 4-__b_____
5- ___h____ 6-____g___ 7-___b____ 8- _______
Bài 4: Dựa vào câu cho trước, viết câu so sánh với “more/less/fewer”.
11. Today I ate one slide of bread.
Today I ate less bread than yesterday.
12. My school has about two thousand students. Jane’s school has more than three thousand student.
My school has fewer students than Jane’s school.
Trường tôi có khoảng 2000 học sinh. Trường của Jane có hơn 3000 học sinh.
 Trường tôi có ít học sinh hơn trường Jane.
13. I have only one science book but my brother has up to ten science books.
 I have fewer science books than my brother.
Tôi chỉ có một quyển sách khoa học nhưng anh tôi có hẳn 10 cuốn.
Tôi có ít sách khoa học hơn anh tôi.
14. There is only one library in her town but there are many libraries in my city.
There are fewer libraries in her tow than in my city.
Chỉ có một thư viện ở thị trấn của cô ấy nhưng có rất nhiều thư viện ở thành phố của tôi
Có ít thư viện ở thị trấn của cô ấy nhưng có rất nhiều thư viện ở thành phố của tôi.
15. Yesterday I drank too much wine but Jane just drank a little.
Yesterday I drank more wine than Jane.
Hôm qua tôi uống quá nhiều rượu nhưng Jane chỉ uống có một chút.
Hôm qua tôi uống nhiều rượu hơn Jane.
16. We can find several skyscrapers in the city but we hardly find one in the rural area.
We can find more skycrapers in the city than in the rural area.
Chúng ta có thể tìm thấy rất nhiều tòa nhà chọc trời ở thành phố nhưng chúng ta hiêm khi nhìn thấy một cái ở
vùng nông thôn.

131
Chúng ta có thể tìm thấy rất nhiều tòa nhà chọc trời ở thành phố hơn ở nông thôn.
17. I think you can finish two tasks and Jane can finish one task today.
 I think you can finish more tasks than Jane today.
Tôi nghi bạn có thể hoàn thành 2 nhiệm vụ và Jane có thể hoàn thành 1 nhiệm vụ hôm nay.
Tôi nghĩ bạn có thể hoàn thành nhiệm vụ hơn Jane hôm nay.
18. Maria has been to 4 countries in the world and I have been to 6 countries.
Maria has been to fewer foreign countries than I
Maria đã từng đến 4 quốc gia và tôi đã tưng đến 6 quốc gia.
Maria đã từng đến ít quốc gia hơn tôi.
19. This week my mother bought 3 littles of milk. Last week she bought 6 littles.
 This week my mother bought less milk than last week.
Tuần này mẹ tôi mua 3 lít sữa. Tuần trước mẹ tôi mua 6 lít.
Tuần này mẹ tôi mua ít sữa hơn tuần trước.
20. My watch cost a lot of money but her watch was even more expensive than mine.
My watch cost less than her watch.
Đồng hồ của tôi tốn rất nhiều tiền nhưng đồng hood của cô ấy còn đắt hơn của tôi.
Đồng hồ của tôi tốn ít tiền hơn đồng hồ của cô ấy
21. This year they will plant two hundred trees along the streets. Last year they only planted one hundred
trees.
 This year they will plant more trees than last year.
Năm nay họ sẽ trông 200 cây dọc những con đường. Năm ngoái họ chỉ trồng 100 cây.
Năm nay họ sẽ trồng nhiều cây hơn năm ngoái
Bài 5: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau đây và sửa lại cho đúng.
9. Now there are more people in this village as in the past.
Lỗi sai as  than
Giải thích: Cấu trúc so sánh hơn “……….+more+ than+ …………..”
10. Jonh has more patient than I expected.
Lỗi sai: patient  patience
Giải thích: Cấu trúc so sánh ……….+ more + danh từ + than +………….Patient là tính từ cần chuyển về danh
từ là “ patience”

11. My brother’s house has fewer modern equipments than mine.


Lỗi sai: fewer modern equipmentsless modern equipment
Giải thích “ equipment” là danh từ không đếm được nên dùng less
12. Today Kim showed fewer confidence than usual.
fewerless
Giải thích: confidence là danh từ không đếm được nên dùng “ less”
13. There are fewer mouse in this house than there used to be.
mousemice
Giải thích: sau more là danh từ đếm được dạng số nhiều.
14. There fishermen caught less fish yesterday than usual.
lessfewer
Giải thích: fish là danh từ đếm được dạng số nhiều nên dùng “ more”
15. You may have to face more problem than your colleague.
problem problems
sau more là danh từ đếm được ở dạng số nhiều.
16. Jim has less time to complete his assignment than.
than bỏ than
Giải thích: Trong câu này được lưu bởi một đối tượng so sánh nên than “ than” cũng cần được lược bỏ.
Bài 6: Điền một chủ ngữ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau.
11. They are going home from school, aren’t they_?
12. John didn’t do the washing yesterday, did __he__?
13. We couldn’t buy a new car, could ___we____?
14. Kevin will arrive here before 4 o’clock, won’t ___he___?

132
15. I am not good- looking, am ____I ____?
16. James is from England, isn’t ___he___?
17. The car isn’t in the garage, is __it__?
18. You are Ann, aren’t __ you ___?
19. His father took him to the zoo yesterday, didn’t ___he____?
20. Our neighbors have moved here, haven’t ___they ____?
Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
26. She is collecting seashells, (is/isn’t) she?
Giải thích: Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ” to be” is ở thể khẳng định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể phủ
định là “ isn’t”
27. We often play soccer in the afternoon, (do/don’t) we?
Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ thể khẳng định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể phủ định.
28. You weren’t recognized, (were/ weren’t) you?
Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ to be “weren’t” ở thể phủ định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể khẳng định
là were
29. Your father (has/hasn’t) cleaned your bike, hasn’t he?
Câu hỏi đuôi co động từ thể phủ định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể khẳng định
30. John and Jim (like/don’t like) scary movies, don’t they?
Câu hỏi đuôi co động từ thể phủ định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể khẳng định
31. You (can/can’t) win this competition, can you?
Câu hỏi đuôi có động từ thể khẳng định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể phủ định.
32. She is watching TV downstairs, (isn’t/doesn’t) she?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ to be” is thì lặp lại “is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
33. The journey to the South cost a lot of money, (doesn’t/ didn’t) it?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng địn thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ phủ định “ didn’t”
34. You won’t lie to me, (will/do) you?
Câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì tương lai nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ to be ở thể khẳng định
“will”
35. Josh and John have met each other, (haven’t/don’t) they?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ have” ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại hoàn thành nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng
trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “ haven’t”
36. She’s from a small town in Thailand, (doesn’t/isn’t)she?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ to be “ is” thì nên lặp lại “ is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
37. I am intelltgent, (amn’t / aren’t) I?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “to be” are thì nên lặp lại “are” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
38. We’re late again, (/ aren’t) we?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ” to be” are” thì nên lặp lại “are” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
39. They are going to France this summer, (aren’t/ don’t) they?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ are” thì nên lặp lại are trong câu hỏi đuôi.
40. She didn’t use to work in a hotel, (did/does) she?
Trong câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể khẳng định “
did”
41. You must obey the rule, (don’t/mustn’t) you?
Trong câu trần thuật dùng động từ khuyết thuyết ở thể khẳng định “ must” nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng động từ
khuyết thuyết ở thể phủ định “ musn’t” .
42. They need some new clothes, (needn’t/ don’t) they?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “ don’t”
43. Jim and his wife live in a tiny flat, (doesn’t/ don’t) they?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “ don’t”
44. Mary studies very hard every night, (doesn’t/ did) she?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
doesn’t”
45. This table is made wood, (isn’t/ doesn’t) it?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ is” thì nên lặp lại “ is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.

133
46. There are 30 students in your class, (aren’t/ don’t) there?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ are” thì nên lặp lại “ are” trong câu hỏi đuôi
47. You shouldn’t take in too much sugar, (do/ should) you?
Trong câu trân thuật dùng động từ khuyết ở thể phủ định “ shouldn’t” nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng động từ
khuyết thiếu ở thể khẳng định “ should”
48. David and James will be learning Japanese at this time next week, (aren’t/ won’t) they?
Trong trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì tương lai đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
won’t”
49. She doesn’t cook very often, (do/does) she?
Câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể khẳng định” does”
50. Jim hurt this leg yesterday, (doesn’t/ didn’t) he?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
didn’t”
Bài 8: Điền các câu hỏi đuôi cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
11. Your parents will pick you up today, ___ won’t they _________?
Chủ ngữ “ your parents” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “ they” trong câu hỏi đuôi. Câu trần thuật ở
thể khẳng định câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định. Câu ở thì tương lai đơn nên dùng trợ động từ “ won’t” ở câu hỏi
đuôi.
12. Mary isn’t sleeping now, ___ is she _________?
Chủ ngữ “Mary” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “ she” trong câu hỏi đuôi. .Câu trần thuật ở thể phủ
định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định. Câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ is” nên dùng “ isn’t” ở câu hỏi đuôi.
13. My cat didn’t come home yesterday, ___ did it _________?
Chủ ngữ “my cat” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “it” trong câu hỏi đuôi
14. My brother was ill yesterday, ____ wasn’t he ________?
15. I am right, _____ aren’t I ____?
16. We often go fishing in the weekend, ____ don’t we ________?
17. They won’t destroy this building, ____ will they ________?
18. Jim doesn’t like collecting stamps, ____ does he ________?
19. Your grandmother is watering flowers, ____ isn’t she ________?
20. She isn’t your sister, ____ is she ________?
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau đây.
26. It is your cat, ____isn’t it________?
27. This umbrella is yours, _____isn’t it _______?
28. You won’t leave the party early, ____will you ________?
29. We went to a Japanese restaurant yesterday, _____didn’t we_______?
30. You mustn’t press this button, ___must you_________?
31. They haven’t found their keys, ____have they ________?
32. Anne and Tom often play badminton with each other, _____don’t we___?
33. Peter is listening to music upstairs, ____isn’t he ________?
34. The students must finish their homework, __must he__________?
35. It will be snowing at this time next week, ____won’t it ________?
36. I can leave now, _____can’t I _______?
37. My classmates and I will be learning English at 8 a.m, tomorrow, ___won’t we__?
38. You didn’t attend the meeting, ___did you_________?
39. The sheep are grazing in the fields, ____aren’t they ________?
40. Josh should pay attention to his health condition, ____shouldn’t he_______?
41. His father was an employee of this company ten years ago, __wasn’t he_____?
42. My mother doesn’t like my untidiness, ___does she_________?
43. James will go camping with us tomorrow, ____won’t he________?
44. Your bike is broken, ______isn’t it ______?
45. You were terrified by the thunder, _____weren’t you_______?
46. They didn’t expect me to appear at the meeting, __did they____?
47. It is important to be on time, ___isn’t it_________?
48. This doctor hasn’t worked in the local hospital for 2 months, ____has he______?

134
49. We have been to New York, ____haven’t we________?
50. James could win the match yesterday, ____couldn’t he________?
Bài 10: Đánh dấu [√] trước câu đúng. Đánh dấu [X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
____ X _____ 1. You can afford time to come to our party, can you?
Can you  can’t you: câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định
____ X _____ 2. He put sugar on my coffee, doesn’t he?
Doesn’t he  didn’t he. Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn nên dùng trợ động từ “didn’t”
____ X _____ 3. They won’t let me take photos here, will I ?
I  they chủ ngữ they trong câu trần thuật được láy lại trong câu hỏi đuôi.
_____ X ____ 4. This song is catchy, isn’t this?
Isn’t this isn’t it : chủ ngữ this song trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ it trong câu hỏi đuôi.
____ X _____ 5. Your mother’s bought you a new dress, isn’t she?
Isn’t  hasn’t: câu ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành nên dùng trợ động từ “ hasn’t”
______√___ 6. Someone mistook you for a famous singer, didn’t they?
____ X _____ 7. Josh practices singing every day, does he?
Does doesn’t : câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định.
____√_____ 8. There isn’t any parks near here, is there?
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin có trong bảng cho sẵn, sử dụng “more/less/fewer” để so sánh trường
học của Jane và Peter.
6. Jane’s school has fewer students than Peter’s school.
7. Jane’s shool has more buildings than Peter’s school.
8. Jane’s shool has more classrooms than Peter’s school.
9. Jane’s shool has less classroom equipment than Peter’s school.
10. Jane’s shool has fewer student clubs than Peter’s school.
11. Jane’s shool has more time for self-studying than Peter’s school.
Bài 12: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng
“more/less/fewer”.
9. There are more street lights on this road than that road.
There are fewer street lights on that road than this road.
10. There were fewer criminal cases in my country 3 years ago than now.
 There are more criminal cases in my country now than 3 years ago.
11. There are more wealthy people in big cities than in the countryside.
There are fewer wealthy people I the countryside than in big city.
12. My city has fewer slums than yours.
 Your city has more slums than mine
13. The standards of living in the cities shows more improvement than in the rural areas.
 The standards of living in rural areas shows less improvement than in the cites.
14. Old factories produce more carbon dioxide emissions than modern factories.
Modern factories produce fewer carbon dioxide emissions than old factories.
15. There are less arable land in the city than in the countryside.
 There are more arable land in the countryside than in the city.
16. Are there more health centres in my city now than ten years ago?
Were there fewer healthy centres in my city ten years ago than now?
17. People in developed countries spend more money on health care and education than in the
underdeveloped countries.
People in the undevelop countries spend less money on health care and education than in develop country.
Bài 13: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau:
16. No one will reveal my secrets, ___will they ____?
17. Everyone in the room is staring at me, ___aren’t they _________?
18. A bridge will be built here next year, ____won’t it________?
19. There aren’t any slums in your city, ____are there________?
20. Someone has eaten my cake, ______haven’t they ______?
21. The Smiths will travel back to their hometown next summer, ____won’t they _______?

135
22. There will be more skyscrapers in our city, ___won’t there _________?
23. You have been to Paris, ___have you _______?
24. Jim should do more research on this topic, ___shouldn’t he _______?
25. In the past, rabies was an incurable disease, ____wasn’t it _____?
26. A conference on population explosion will be held tomorrow, ___won’t it ___?
27. You didn’t use to walk to school, ____did you____?
28. Your pets are fed by your mom everyday, ____aren’t they _____?
29. Air pollution is caused by carbon dioxide emissions from factories and vehicles,__isn’t it_?
30. You used to be a teacher, ____didn’t you________?
Bài 14. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết mệnh đề trần thuật và câu hỏi đuôi của nó.
11. You/ go shopping/ with your mother tomorrow.
You will go shopping with your mother tomorrow, won’t you?
12. Mr. Smith/ not come/ home/ yesterday.
 Mr.Smith didn’t home yesterday, did he?
13. Your parents/ be/ at home/ now.
 Your parents are at home now, aren’t there?
14. It/ not rain/ tomorrow.
It won’t rain tomorrow, will it?
15. Jim/ not do/ his homework/yet.
Jim hasn’t done his homework yet, has he?
16. Jane’s cat/ sleep/ now.
 Jane’s cat is sleeping now, isn’t it?
17. Mary and Jim/ can/ speak/ both English and French.
Mary and Jim can speak both English and French, can’t they?
18. Peter/ live/ here/ for 5 years.
 Peter has live here for 5 years, hasn’t he?
19. These shoes/ cost/ a lot of money.
These shoes cost a lot of money, don’t they?
20. You sisters/ look after/ your grandparents/ now.
Your sisters are looking after your grandparents now, aren’t they?
21. I/ must/ go home/ now.
I must go home now, mustn’t I?

TEST 1 UNIT 12

I.
1. A 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. B
II.
1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. D
III.
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B
IV.
1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C
6. B 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. C
V.
1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D
6. D 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. A
11. A 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. D
VI.
1. temperature 2. shortages 3. homeless
4. earnings 5. accommodation 6. affected
7. peaceful 8. growth 9. population
10. medical
VII.

136
1. isn’t she? 2. isn’t it? 3. isn’t he?
4. do they? 5. is it? 6. will they?
7. aren’t I? 8. isn’t he? 9. mustn’t we?
10. didn’t it
VIII.
1. will they 2. hasn’t he
3. didn’t you 4. can they
5. doesn’t he 6. doesn’t she
7. will he 8. weren’t there
9. may not it 10. should we
IX.
1. did he? 2. aren’t there? 3. did she?
4. are they? 5. is it? 6. could she?
7. doesn’t she? 8. hasn’t it? 9. didn’t she?
10. did they?
X.
1. less 2. more 3. less 4. more 5. some
6. less 7. less 8. some 9. less 10. fewer
XI.
1. exceeds 2. caused 3. better 4. becomes 5. fewer
6. crime 7. provide 8. between 9. prices 10. more
XII.
1. The toilets are in the streets.
2. Mumbai is located on the western coast of India.
3. Yes, it is. Because it is home to Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry.
4. There are 12 different neighbourhoods in Dharavi.
5. They can crack and take in sewage.
XIII.
1. It is 66,140 people per square kilometers.
2. They lack clean drinking water, work, and access to healthcare and education.
3. It was fifty million people/ inhabitants.
4. They live in home-made shacks built in cemeteries, or between railroad tracks or under bridges. / They
live wherever they can find some space.
5. There are 12 million (inhabitants).
XIV.
1. Shanghai has more skyscrapers than Jakarta.
2. You didn’t remember to turn off the T.V last night, did you?
3. The countryside suffers less pollution than the city.
4. Why don’t you go to work by bike?
5. Tokyo has fewer billionaires than New York.
6. More trees will be planted along this street.
7. Overpopulation causes a lot of social problems in this area, doesn’t it?
8. Pollution is the most serious problem, isn’t it?
9. Did a group of foreigners visit the slums last week?
10. Mr Lam used to live in the country when he was a child.

TEST 2 UNIT 12
I.
1. A 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. A
II.
6. C 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. C
III.
11. A 12. C 13. B 14. C 15. C 16. A 17. D 18. C 19. A 20. A
IV.

137
1. poverty 2. malnutrition 3. Overpopulation 4. slums 5.spacious
6. hunger 7. density 8. flea market 9. explosion 10.living standard
V.
1. E 2. I 3. F 4. J 5. H 6. C 7. A 8. G 9. B 10. D
VI.
1. disease 2. shortages 3. crime 4. earnings 5. accommodation
6. Drought 7. peaceful 8. growth 9. megacity 10. Healthcare
VII.
1.fewer 2. less 3. fewer 4. less 5. Less
6. fewer 7. less 8. fewer 9. less 10. fewer
VIII.
1. fewer 2. fewer 3. fewer 4. fewer 5. less
6. more 7. more 8. less 9. More 10. more
IX.
1. can’t it 2. won’t it 3. isn't it 4. doesn't it 5. isn't it
6. have you 7. don't they 8. don't you 9. won't it 10. did you
X.
1. do you 2. isn't it 3. aren't you 4. didn't we 5. will you
6. do we 7. have you 8. did they 9. can't it 10. don't you
XI.
1. True 2. True 3. False 4. False 5. True
XII.
1. They often live in old houses or huts that don’t have electricity or sanitation.
2. Because governments don’t have the money to build modern apartment buildings.
3. Cars and industries are polluting city air and rivers more and more, and waste that people throw away is
burned or ends up in landfills.
4. They are crime, alcoholism and drug addiction.
5. They work hard to get rid of poverty, and they try to give such people better education and jobs.
XIII.
1. True 2. False 3. False 4. False 5. True
XIV.
1. Mumbai is located on the western coast of India.
2. It is the capital of Maharashtra state.
3. Yes, it is. Because it is home to Bollywood, the centre of Hindu movie industry.
4. The film “Slumdog Millionaire” was based in Mumbai.
5. The toilets are in the streets.
6. There are 4,000 cases of death a day because of lack of hygiene.
7. They can crack and take in sewage.
8. It is very polluted in Dharavi.
9. There are 12 different neighbourhoods in Dharavi.
10. The further you walk into Dharavi from the edge, the more crowded the area becomes.
XV.
1. Mumbai is one of the most populated cities in the world.
2. The population of Mumbai is over 12.7 million with a population density of 20,482 people per square
kilometer.
3. Like other big cities in India, the population of Mumbai has grown rapidly in the last 20 years.
4. A large majority of Mumbai’s population are migrants from other states of India.
5. A large number of people in Mumbai live in the slums and other residential areas.
XVI.
Ho Chi Minh City is the largest city in Viet Nam. In 1979, there were only 3.4 million and in 10 years later
the population of the city was only about 4 million because the economy did not develop much. However,
thanks to the Renovation policy starting in 1989, in the next decade there was a dramatic increase in population,
and the figure reached over 5 million. With economic growth, the living standard in Ho Chi Minh City is higher

138
than that in other regions, so many people came to this city to look for jobs. As a result, Ho Chi Minh is the
biggest city in Viet Nam with a population of over 7 million in 2009, and now about 8 million.

TEST FOR UNIT 10,11,12


I.
1. A 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A
II.
6. D 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. D
III.
16. D 17. B 18. B 19. D 20. A 21. C 22. B 23. B 24. D 25. C
26. C 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. C 31. B 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. D
36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. C 41. C 42. C 43. A 44. C 45. D
IV.
46. mine 47. Ours 48. theirs 49. Nick’s 50. Hers
51. yours 52. theirs 53. yours 54. Ann’s 55. theirs
V.
56. What are we looking for?
57. What is used to produce energy in that area?
58. Why do we learn to reuse some daily products like empty bottles?/ What do we learn to reuse some daily
products like empty bottles for?
59. What do people from the countryside move to cities to find?
60. Why do people like using urban transport pods?
VI.
61. False 62. True 63. False 64. True 65. True
VII.
66. The major issue with a growing population is shortages of both food and water.
67. Waste pollutes clean water.
68. It contributes to about two million deaths a year.
69. Crime and violence will increase along with urban density.
70. Our planet likely to increase violence worldwide because of the economic pressure caused by heat and
drought.
VIII.
71. True 72. True 73. False 74. False 75. True
IX.
76. With driverless cars, motorists will be able to read a book, surf the Internet or talk to other drivers without
looking at the road.
77. No, motorists no longer need licenses.
78. Driverless cars will be the target of hackers because of the high level of computer technology on board.
79. The first is known as “highly automated”, and the second is known as “fully-automated” cars.
80. They will require no involvement from drivers and will be capable of communicating with other vehicles,
traffic lights and road signs.

THE SECOND TERM TEST


I.
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. C
II.
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D
III.
1. D 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B
6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. C

139
11. C 12. A 13. D 14. D 15. D
16. A 17. C 18. B 19. A 20. B
IV.
1. at 2. in 3. at 4. in
5. at 6. at 7. on 8. in
V.
1. We can enjoy Pho during the day.
2. The chicken meat served with pho ga is boneless and cut into thin slices.
3. The rice noodles are made from the best variety of rice.
4. The broth for pho bo (beef noodle soup) is made by stewing the bones of cows for a long time in a large
pot.
VI.
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F
VII.
1. They will be learning English at this time tomorrow.
2. We will reduce the use of electricity to save our energy.
3. I think biogas is abundant and cheap for cooking and heating.
4. Will we use public transportation when travelling long distances?
VIII.
1. Sources of energy will be used more effectively for our future.
2. The problem of energy shortage will be solved by using solar energy.
3. Coal will be replaced by another renewable source.
4. Flying cars will be used to travel from place to another place.
IX.
1. Have you ever been to London?
2. Peter doesn’t usually get up before seven.
3. Our friends must often write tests.
4. They sometimes go swimming in the lake.
5. The weather is always bad in November.
6. Peggy and Frank are usually late.
7. I have never met him before.
8. John seldom watches TV.
9. I was often in contact with my sister.
10. She will always love him.
X.
1. can’t they 2. did they 3. did it 4. aren’t I 5. is if
6. doesn’t he 7. wouldn’t he 8. are they 9. have you 10. isn’t it

140

You might also like